Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
327
Directional Valves
These valve are used for shifting oil flow direction of hydraulic circuit and for actuator starting/stopping as well as the
operating direction shifting of actuator.
"
328
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Hydraulic Fluids
1. Type of Fluids
Any type of hydraulic fluid, listed in the table below can be used.
Type of Fluids
Remarks
1)
Viscosity
Name
Oil Temperature
20 200 mm2/s
(100 900 SSU)
15 +60C
(5 140F)
15 400 mm2/s
(80 1800 SSU)
15 +70C
(5 160F)
15 200 mm2/s
(80 900 SSU)
15 +60C
(5 140F)
Directional Valves
Use hydraulic fluids which satisfy the both recommended viscosity and oil temperatures given in the table below.
3. Control of Contamination
Due caution must be paid to maintaining control over contamination of the hydraulic fluids which may otherwise lead
to breakdowns and shorter the life of the valve. Please maintain the degree of contamination within NAS 1638-Grade
12. Use 25 m or finer line filter (In case of DSG-005 series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves, NAS1638-Grade
11. Use 20 m or finer line filter).
Directional Valves
329
Item
Standard
Type
JIS F8001
Water-proof test
for marine
electric appliance
Drip-proof construction
Froth-roof construction
JIS D0203
Damp-proof and
Water-proof test
for automobile
parts
2
JIS C0920
Water-proof Water-proof test
for electromechanical parts
an wiring
materials
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Dust-proof
(I.E.C)
PUBL. 529
Description
Compliance
(S-/T-/L-)DSG-01
G-DSG-01
DSHG-01
DSHG-03 E-DSG-01 G-DSG-03
DSG-005 (S-)DSHG-04 (S-/E-/T-/L-) G-DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
DSG-03 G-DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
(2D)1
1 : No-spring detented type (2D) and No-spring type (2N) can be used when energised continous for position holding.
2 : For outdoor use, protect equipment with a cover, etc., to prevent direct exposure to water.
330
Directional Valves
1
1
1
1
1
1
DSLG
DSLHG
DSP
CDS
Valve Type
Maximum Flow
Max.
Operating
Pressure
Graphic Symbols
MPa (PSI)
25 (3600)
.3
1
.5
2
2
5
10
20
50
b
T
361
DSG03
EDSG01
16 (2320)
378
TSDSG01
379
35 (5080)
TDSG01
25 (3600)
TSDSG03
DSHG01
25 (3600)
379
TDSG03
21 (3050)
DSHG03
b
P
344
SDSG03
25 (3600)
b
EDSG03
Page
LDSG03
31.5 (4580)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated
Directional Valve
U.S.GPM
500 1000
DSG01
35 (5080)
16 (2320)
100 200
SDSG01
31.5 (4580)
Electronic Relay
Incorporated
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
100 200
LDSG01
25 (3600)
Low Wattage (5W) Type
Dolenoid Operated
Directional Valves
50
a
P
20
336
25 (3600)
A
10
DSG005
16 (2320)
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valves
381
DSHG04/SDSHG04
31.5 (4580)
DSHG06/SDSHG06
DSHG10/SDSHG10
A B
a
b
Y
X
A
P
A
412
GDSG03
Manually Operated
Directional Valves
Mechanically Operated
Directional Valves
GDSG01
25 (3600)
P T
GDSHG04
25 (3600)
418
GDSHG06
31.5 (4580)
21 (3050)
DHG0406 10
Threaded Connection (DMT) 030610
7 (1020)
Rotary (DR T
G)
25 (3600)
02
Directional Valves
03
04
06
423
429
10
441
331
Spool Types
Spool types are classified to the condition of flow at the neutral position.
Spool Type
(
(
2
Closed Centre
All Ports
3
Open Centre
All Ports
Graphic Symbols
)
)
Schematic Drawing
(Centre Position)
4
(Open Centre A, B&T)
40
Open Centre A, B&T
Restricted Flow
T B P A
(
(
(
60
Open Centre P&T
Open Crossover
T B P A
T B P A
T B P A
7
Open Centre All Ports
Restricted Flow
T B P A
)
P
T B P A
8
(2-Way)
T B P A
9
(Open Centre P, A&B)
T B P A
10
(Open Centre B&T)
P
T B P A
11
(Open Centre P&A)
P
T B P A
12
(Open Centre A&T)
P
332
5
(Open Centre P, A&T)
6
Open Centre P&T
Closed Crossover
T B P A
Directional Valves
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface
Mounting surface dimensions conform to ISO 4401, Hydraulic fluid power-Four-Port directional control valvesMounting surfaces.
Model Numbers
()
S
L
E DSG01
T
G
DSHG01
DMG01
DCG01
ISO 4401AB034A
()
S
L
E DSG03
T
G
DMG03
DCG03
ISO 4401AC054A
DSHG03
ISO 4401AC054A
( )
ISO 4401AD074A
S DSHG04
G
DHG04
DMG04
S DSHG06
G
DHG06
DMG06
( )
(S) DSHG10
DHG10
DMG10
Directional Valves
ISO 4401AE084A
ISO 4401AF104A
Model Numbers
Name
Currrent
( )
DSHG01
DSHG03
S
L DSG01
T
Interchangeability Related
in Installation
Page
New
30/3090
60/6090
13/1390
13/1390
DSG005
DSG005
( )
S
L DSG01
T
DSHG01
DSHG03
Major Changes
40/4090
N 40/4090
N1
Yes
High Flow
Low Pressure Drop
Din-connector type solenoid in addition
70/7090
Yes
357
Yes
14/1490
14/1490
(S) DSHG04
52/5290
Yes
(S) DSHG06
(S) DSHG10
53/5390
43/4390
Yes
Directional Valves
333
S
1100
(291)
500
(132)
: Shockless Type
(S)DSHG10
S
(S)DSHG06
G
300
(79.3)
(S)DSHG04
250
(66.1)
GDSHG06
S
160
(42.3)
P
GDSHG04
DSHG03
S
120
(31.7)
SDSG03
100
(26.4)
80
(21.1)
DSG03
DSG01
GDSG03
E
63
(16.6)
S
SDSG01
EDSG03
L-DSG-03 [60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM)]
E
40
(10.6)
E
30
(7.9)
EDSG01
DSHG01
EDSG01
15
(4.0)
0
GDSG01
DSG005
16
(2320)
21
(3050)
25
(3630)
31.5
(4570)
334
35
(5080)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Instructions
Mounting
DSG-005
-DSG-01
-DSG-03
L
-DSG-01/03
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-) DSHG-04
(S-) DSHG-06
(S-) DSHG-10
No-spring models not energised continuously must be installed so that the spool
axis L-L is horizontal. Otherwise there is no mounting restrictions.
L
-DSHG
Energisation
1. No-Spring Type
One of two solenoids should be energised continuously to avoid malfunction.
2. On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the same time as it will result in coils burning out.
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Piping end of tank line should be submerged in oil.
Shockless Type
N
lbf.
150
30
Operating
Force
20
100
10
50
05
G-0
r DS
pt fo
exce
05
DSG-0
1
0
100
2
200
300
4 MPa
3
400
500
PSI
Solenoid
Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluid power systems
and components-Three-pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements).
AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoid ( -series Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve)
These valves differ from conventional DC solenoid
operated directional valves and have the following
characteristics:
1. The spark between the relay contacts has been
eliminated and therefore the valve can be operated by
miniature relays.
2. The surge voltage is approximately 10 % of that
normally experienced.
3. Time lag on de-energisation is reduced by
approximately 50 %.
Insulation Class
Class H
G-DSG-01, G-DSG-03
Class F
335
Specifications
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C DSG-005-2B -
-40/4090
-40/4090
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Tank-Line
Back Pressure
MPa
(PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
min1
(Cycles/min)
25
(3630)
7
(1020)
120
15
(3.96)
Approx. Mass
kg
(lbs.)
0.5 (1.1)
0.4 (.9)
The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation (changeover) of the valve.
The maximum flow differs according to the type and operating conditions. For details, please refer to the List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow on pages 338 to 339.
Solenoid Rating
Voltage (V)
Electric Source
Coil Type
A100
AC
A200
DC
D12
D24
Frequency
(Hz)
50
60
50
60
Source Rating
Inrush
(A)
Holding
(A)
80 110
0.36
0.16
90 120
0.34
0.11
160 220
0.18
0.08
180 240
0.17
0.05
Serviceable
100
200
12
10.8 13.2
24
21.6 26.4
1 Inrush current in the above table shows rms values at maximum stroke.
2
336
1.2
0.6
Power
(W)
15
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Model Number Designation
F-
DSG
-005
-3
Special Seals
Series Number
Valve Size
Number of
Valve Position
F:
Special Seals for
Phosphate Ester DSG:
Solenoid Operated
Type Fluids
Directional Valve
(Omit if not
required)
Spool-Spring
Spool Type Coil Type
Arrangement
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3
40
005
2
-D24
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3
-N
-40
40
Refer to
Design Standards: None .......... Japanese Standard JIS and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plates
1/8
1/4
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005Y-20
DSGM-005X-2080
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
M4 35 Lg.
No. 8-32 UNC 1-3/8 Lg.
Tightening Torque
2.5 - 3.5 Nm (22.1 - 31.0 in. lbs.)
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
T2
E
DSG-005 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
Piping
Size
[Test Conditions]
Pressure: 16 MPa (2320 PSI)
Flow Rate: 7.5 L/min (1.98 U.S.GPM)
Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU)
Voltage: Rated Voltage (After coil temperature rises and saturated)
A
B
Direction of Flow: P
T
B
A
[Result of Measurement]
Model Numbers
DSG-005-3C2-A
DSG-005-3C2-D
DSG-005-2B2-A
DSG-005-2B2-D
Time ms
T2
T1
16
60
23
40
14
45
15
33
337
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
B
A
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
15
15
14
13.5
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
5
15(14)
15(12)
10
15(7)
12(3)
16
12(3)
5(1)
25
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15(14)
15(10)
15(6)
12(5)
12(2)
5(2)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
14
14
14
15(14)
15(10)
15(14)
15(14)
13.5
13.5
13.5
AB
DSG-005-3C2
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
15
P T
15(6)
12(2)
12(5)
5(2)
15(10) 13(5)
14(9)
8(4)
15(14) 15(11)
15(14) 15(11)
4(0.5)
1(0.5)
6(0.5)
4(0.5)
15(9)
15(9)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
15
15 (14)
15 (14)
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
B
A
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
10
16
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
14
13.5
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
5
15
12
10
8
5
16
5
3
25
3
2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
15
13
9
8
5.5
5
3.5
14
14
14
8.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
15
15
11
11
7.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
15
15
15
9
5.5
13.5
10.5
AB
DSG-005-3C2
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
A B
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
338
15
13
9
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rise and saturated]
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids : DSG-005-
-A -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
B
A
Spring Centred
Three Positions
730
1450
2320
3630
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
.5
.3
.3
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
.8
.8
.8
b
P T
730
1450
2320
4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
4.0(3.2) 4.0(.8) 1.3(.3)
3630
730
1450
2320
1.1(.1) 4.0(3.7) 4.0(1.9) 3.2(.8)
.3(.1) 4.0(3.2) 3.2(.8) 1.3(.3)
3630
1.1(.1)
.3(.1)
A B
DSG-005-3C3
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
DSG-005-3C2
DSG-005-2B2
P T
3.2(.5) 1.1(.1)
1.3(.5) .3(.1)
3.4(1.3) 1.6(.1)
2.1(1.1) 1.1(.1)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
4.0(3.7) 4.0(2.9) 4.0(2.4)
A B
DSG-005-2B3
.8
4.0
P T
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
50 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(80% of rated voltage)
4.0
4.0(3.7)
4.0(3.7)
-D -40/4090
No. of Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
B
A
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
A
B
1450
2320
Spring Centred
Three Positions
3630
730
4.0
3.2
1450
2320
730
4.0
3.2
2320
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
1450
2.1
1.3
2.1
1.3
1.3
.8
3630
.8
.5
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
4.0
3.4
2.4
2.1
1.5
1.3
.9
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
2.3
1.2
1.7
1.7
4.0
4.0
2.9
2.9
2.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.1
1.9
2.1
2.4
4.0
4.0
4.0
2.4
1.5
3.6
2.8
b
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C3
a
P T
A B
DSG-005-3C40
a
P T
A B
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
DSG-005-3C2
( Example )
DSG-005-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-005-2B3
P T
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
4.0
3.4
2.4
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rise and saturated]
339
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Pressure Drop P
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
1.6
1.2
200
150
0.8
100
5
0.4
50
Model Numbers
PA
BT
PB
AT
PT
DSG-005-3C2
DSG-005-3C3
DSG-005-3C40
DSG-005-2B2
DSG-005-2B3
0
2
0
0
10
12
14 15 L/min
4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the tabele below.
Viscosity
mm2/s
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
SSU
77
98
141
186
232
278
324
371
417
464
0.84
0.91
1.00
1.07
1.14
1.19
1.24
1.28
1.32
1.35
Factor
For any other specific gravity (G), the pressure drop (P) may be obtained from the formula below.
P = P (G/0.850)
340
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Flying Lead Wire Type
A -40/4090
Spring Centred: DSG-005-3C - D
28
(1.10)
52
(2.05)
Pressure Port "P"
132 (5.20)
Spring Offset:
DSG-005-2B - A -40/4090
D
8
(.31)
Lead Wire
SOL a
SOL b
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
2(.08) Dia.
Location Pin
3 16(.63)
(.12)
29(1.14)
Approx.
270(10.63)
Manual Actuator
4.8(.19) Dia.
E
17
(.67)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SOL b
15.8
(.62)
73
(2.87)
30.1
(1.19)
65.1(2.56)
SOL a
18
(.71)
46(1.81)
46
(1.81)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. .... 3.5-6 mm (.14 - .24in.)
Conductor Area ....
Not Exceeding .75mm2 (.0012 sq. in.)
44
(1.73)
93
(3.66)
34
(1.34)
33
(1.30)
25(.98)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
2.9 - 3.9 Nm (25.67 - 34.52 in. lbs)
341
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
15
(.59)
12.5
(.49)
P
A
B
T
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
7
(.28)
4.3(.17) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-005X-20
DSGM-005X-2080
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-005X-2090
1/8 NPT
Rc 1/4
DSGM-005Y-20
342
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24
(.94)
37
(1.46)
2.7(.11) Dia.
4(.16) Deep
58.5
(2.30)
35.5
(1.40)
11
(.43)
3.5(.14)
7.5
(.30)
25(.98) 11.5
(.45)
21.5
(.85) 12.5(.49)
32
(1.26)
16(.63)
48 (1.89)
63 (2.48)
21.5
28
(1.10) (.85)
20.75
(.82)
14
(.55)
7.25
(.29)
DSGM-005Y-2080
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-005Y-2090
1/4 NPT
"D" Thd.
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
M4
No. 8-32 UNC
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil and Connector Ass'y
- -40/4090
13
SOL a
10
SOL b
2
5
11
12
21
23
22
30
20
24
25
31
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
21
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P6
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
3C
4
2
2B
1
4
1
Remarks
Note: When ordering seals, please specify the seal kit number KS-DSG-005-40.
-A100
-A200
-D12
-D24
-A100-N
-A200-N
-D12-N
-D24-N
-A100-N1
-A200-N1
-D12-N1
-D24-N1
@2 Coil No.
C-SA05-100-40
C-SA05-200-40
C-SD05-12-40
C-SD-05-24-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
C-SA05-100-N-40
C-SA05-200-N-40
C-SD05-12-N-40
C-SD-05-24-N-40
Connector
Connector
#0 Assy Part No. #1 Assy Part No.
E
DSG-005 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
DSG-005-
Remarks
TK290058-7
TK290058-7
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
TK290378-9
TK290379-7
TK290089-2
TK290090-0
Plug-in Connector
with
Indicator Light
343
Specifications
Valve Type
Model Numbers
Max. Flow 2
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
100
(26.4)
35
(5080)
21
(3050)
DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Standard Type
DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
DSG-01-2B - -70/7090
Shockless Type
S-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
S-DSG-01-2B2- -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min1}
Mass
kg
(lbs.)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.85
(4.08)
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
40
(10.6)
16
(2320)
16
(2320)
300
R Type Sol. Only
120
1.4(3.09)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
L-DSG-01-3C - -70/7090
Low Wattage(14W)
Type 1
L-DSG-01-2D2- -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2N - -70/7090
L-DSG-01-2B
- -70/7090
1.85
(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
344
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
1/8
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP. F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
1/4
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP. F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
3/8
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8 )
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
M5 45 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5 - 7 Nm (43 - 60 in. 1bs.)
Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI): 6 - 7 Nm (52 - 60 in. 1bs.)
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
Standard
Type
AC
A120
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC DC Rectified (R )
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Ratin g Serviceable Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220
Solenoid Ratings
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Lock Nut
SOL b
Push Button
Plug-in Connector
With Indicator Light
SOL b
345
SShockless
Type
- 01
DSG
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-2
Number
of Valve
Positions
3:
Three
Positions
B
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
C:
Spring
Centred
2
Spool
Type
-D24
Special Two
Position Valve
Omit if not
required
2, 3
4, 40
60, 9
10, 11
12
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
-N
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
-70
-L
Design
Number
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
Design
Standard
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
None:
Terminal
Box Type
90:
N.American
Design Std.
DC:
None:
Standard
Type
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required
D:
No-Spring
Detented
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
01
2:
Two
Positions
R:
B:
Spring
Offset
S:
Shockless
Type
D12
D24
D48
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
2
3
8
2
4
A
B
1
1
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
DC:
D12
D24
D48
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
70
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
2
N1 :
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
R:
(AC
DC)
R100
R200
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 352 for details.
2. N1 is not available for R type solenoids.
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
346
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
-A
L /min
Graphic
Symbols
10
DSG013C2
b
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
DSG013C40
b
PT
AB
Spring Centred
A B
Three Positions
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
16
25
31. 5
100
100
100
35
10
16
25
1004310041 8021
5738 5331 2917
1008010080100801007710077 7046 7046 7046
9063 9063 9063 9063 9063 4530 4530 4530
90 9022 3518 10038 7628 6715
90
90
9026 4314 3011 5031 3820 2010
85 8040 8022 8540 8535 8524
85
85
80
80 8030 6315 2510 7026 5024 3216
4323 4323 4223 4223 4223 5432 5432 5232
4023 4023 3823 3623 3523 4830 4730 4730
100
100
31. 5
6017
1910
7046
4530
5710
167
6016
2213
5232
4730
35
10
16
25
31. 5
35
6017
1910
7046
4530
5710
167
6016
2213
5232
4730
3815
139
7046
4530
357
125
5512
1810
5232
4730
10
AB
DSG013C9
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
20
10
15
10
20
10
15
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
80
80
80
80
80
45
6213
1510
6027
3518
6213
1510
50
45
PT
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG012B2
85
85
85
85
85
20
16
16
15
13
70
70
70
70
70
50
50
50
50
50
26
17
13
11
10
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
PT
8563
8530
8070
7048
8050
3520
8050
6033
8070
7048
7040
2315
6340
5028
8070
7048
6020
158
4432
4028
8070
7048
4510
105
E
DSG-01 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
4432
4028
8070
7048
3010
75
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
100
100 (43)
57 (38)
60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
347
-D /R
L /mi
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbols
10
16
25
31. 5
35
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
100
80
90
90
85
85
50
41
50
41
100
80
90
42
65
45
50
41
100
80
50
26
40
30
50
41
100
100
100
85
85
100
AB
a
PT
a
Spring Centred
Three Positions
AB
a
PT
35
10
16
25
31. 5
35
100
80
38
20
33
26
50
41
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
55
78
70
100
62
85
65
66
58
45
35
78
70
58
48
52
36
66
58
28
23
78
70
38
30
30
25
66
58
25
19
78
70
31
25
26
21
66
58
22
17
75
70
29
23
24
19
66
58
100
100
20
15
10
10
20
15
10
10
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
100
100
100
23
20
13
10
85
85
85
35
80
23
40
20
100
74
56
43
36
28
28
20
24
19
100
74
100
85
100
74
56
43
60
46
56
43
36
28
40
32
36
28
28
20
36
28
28
20
24
19
32
24
24
19
75
75
75
75
75
40
30
27
50
50
45
45
45
42
40
40
31
23
75
65
35
30
24
19
75
65
23
17
22
18
75
65
19
13
22
18
75
65
17
12
PT
DSG013C60
31. 5
AB
a
25
PT
DSG013C40
16
AB
DSG013C4
10
PT
DSG013C3
A B
DSG013C2
AB
DSG013C9
a
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
45
50
45
PT
30
25
22
16
16
15
13
50
50
50
50
50
26
17
13
11
10
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
20
70
70
70
70
70
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG012B2
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
b
PT
46
32
75
65
53
35
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
( Example )
100
100
55
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rise and saturated]
348
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
-A
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
Graphic
Symbols
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
DSG013C2
b
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
DSG013C40
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0) 26.4(11.4) 26.4(10.8) 21.1(5.6) 15.9(4.5) 10.0(4.0)
15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4) 15.1(10.0) 14.0(8.2) 7.7(4.5) 5.0(2.6) 3.4(2.4)
26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 26.4(21.1) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2) 18.5(12.2)
23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 23.8(16.6) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9) 11.9(7.9)
23.8 23.8(5.8) 9.2(4.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(17.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8) 26.4(10.0) 20.1(7.4) 17.7(4.0) 15.1(2.6) 9.2(1.8)
23.8
23.8
23.8(6.9) 11.4(3.7) 7.9(2.9) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3) 13.2(8.2) 10.0(5.3) 5.3(2.6) 4.2(1.9) 3.2(1.3)
22.5
22.5
22.5 21.1(10.6) 21.1(5.8) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2) 22.5(10.6) 22.5(9.3) 22.5(6.3) 15.9(4.2) 14.5(3.2)
21.1
21.1 21.1(7.9) 16.6(4.0) 6.6(2.4) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6) 18.5(6.9) 13.2(6.3) 8.5(4.2) 5.8(3.4) 4.8(2.6)
11.4(6.1) 11.4(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 11.1(6.1) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 14.2(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4) 13.7(8.4)
10.6(6.1) 10.6(6.1) 10.0(6.1) 9.5(6.1) 9.2(6.1) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.7(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9) 12.4(7.9)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
AB
DSG013C9
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
b
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
11.9
11.9
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
15.9(7.1)
9.2(4.8)
16.4(3.4)
4.0(2.6)
13.2
PT
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
26.4(17.2) 22.5(13.7) 19.0(13.7) 17.2(9.0)
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
18.5(13.2) 15.1(10.6) 13.2(6.6) 11.4(5.0)
26.4 26.4(16.6) 26.4(8.7) 26.4(7.1) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2) 16.4(3.4) 26.4(13.2) 26.4(9.8) 26.4(5.3) 20.6(4.2)
26.4
26.4(18.5) 21.1(5.3) 18.5(5.3) 10.6(5.0) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9) 4.0(2.6) 26.4(9.8) 14.5(6.6) 7.7(3.7) 5.3(2.9)
DSG012B2
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
5.3
4.2
4.2
4.0
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
PT
E
DSG-01 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
A B
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
( Example )
26.4
26.4(11.4)
15.1(10.0)
60 Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
349
-D /R
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
U.S.GPM
Graphic
Symbols
1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080 1450 2320 3630 4570 5080
A B
DSG013C2
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
PT
AB
DSG013C3
b
PT
AB
DSG013C4
Spring Centred
Three Positions
PT
AB
DSG013C40
b
PT
AB
DSG013C60
a
PT
26.4
14.5
20.6
18.5
26.4
16.4
22.5
17.2
17.4
15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8 26.4
14.5
4.5
19.8 20.6
18.5 18.5
7.7 26.4
6.1 16.4
6.3 22.5
5.0 17.2
17.4 17.4
15.3 15.3
11.9
9.3
20.6
18.5
15.3
12.7
13.7
9.5
17.4
15.3
7.4
6.1
20.6
18.5
10.0
7.9
7.9
6.6
17.4
15.3
6.6
5.0
20.6
18.5
8.2
6.6
6.9
5.6
17.4
15.3
5.8
4.5
19.8
18.5
7.7
6.1
6.3
5.0
17.4
15.3
AB
DSG013C9
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
5.3
4.0
2.6
2.6
2.1
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6
5.3
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
26.4
26.4 26.4
26.4
26.4
6.1
5.3
3.4
2.6
1.3
22.5
22.5
22.5
9.2
21.1
6.1
10.6 26.4
5.3 19.6
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
26.4
19.6
26.4
22.5
26.4
19.6
14.8
11.4
15.9
12.2
14.8
11.4
9.5
7.4
10.6
8.5
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
9.5
7.4
7.4
5.3
6.3
5.0
8.5
6.3
6.3
5.0
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
19.8
10.6
7.9
7.1
13.2
13.2
11.9
11.9
13.2
11.1
10.6
10.6
8.2
6.1
19.8
17.2
9.2
7.9
6.3
5.0
19.8
17.2
6.1
4.5
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
5.0
3.4
5.8
4.8
19.8
17.2
4.5
3.2
PT
AB
DSG013C10
a
PT
AB
DSG013C11
a
PT
AB
DSG013C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG012D2
AB
11.9
13.2
11.9
PT
7.9
6.6
5.8
4.2
4.2
4.0
3.4
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
6.9
4.5
3.4
2.9
2.6
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
5.3
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
AB
Spring Offset
Two Positions
PT
DSG012B2
PT
AB
DSG012B3
PT
AB
DSG012B8
b
PT
12.2
8.5
19.8
17.2
14.0
9.3
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
( Example )
26.4
26.4
14.5
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rise and saturated]
350
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Maximum Flow of Centre By-Pass
In valve type 3C60, in case where the actuator is put on in between the cylinder ports A and B as illustrated below and
where the actuator moves and suspended at its stroke end and where the valve is then shifted to the neutral position in
the suspended state of the actuator, the maximum flow rates available are those as shown as the table below regardless
of any voltage in the range of serviceable valtage.
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbol
Mode Numbers
AB
55
(14.5)
DSG-01-3C60-A /D /R
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
16 MPa
25 MPa
31.5 MPa
35 MPa
(1450 PSI) (2320 PSI) (3630 PSI) (4570 PSI) (5080 PSI)
PT
44
(11.6)
30
(7.9)
26
(6.9)
22
(5.8)
E
List of Shockless Models and The Maximum Flow
-D /R
Max. Flow
L/min (U.S.GPM)
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Graphic
Symbol
Model Numbers
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
(1450)
16
(2320)
25
(3630)
63
(16.6)
63
(16.6)
40
(10.6)
60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)
20
(5.3)
45
(11.9)
40
(10.6)
A B
S-DSG-01-3C2
Three
Positions
a
PT
Spring
Centred
AB
S-DSG-01-3C4
a
PT
Two
Positions
Spring
Offset
AB
S-DSG-01-3B2
b
PT
50
(13.2)
45
(11.9)
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
Working Pressure
MPa (PSI)
10
16
25
(1450) (2320) (3630)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.5)
40
(10.6)
32
(8.45)
32
(8.5)
20
(5.3)
32
(8.5)
16
(4.23)
25
(6.6)
16
(4.23)
16
(4.2)
12
(3.17)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
30
(7.9)
60
(15.9)
40
(10.6)
40
(10.6)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown be low.
L/min
( Example )
60
(15.9)
50
(13.2)
40
(10.6)
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rise and saturated]
U.S.GPM
351
SOL b
SOL a
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B) .
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
B
b
a
P
2B2A
2B2B
b
"A": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
DSG-01-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
DSG-01-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
AB
DSG-01-2B B
a
P
b
P
DSG-01-2B2B
DSG-01-2B3B
DSG-01-2B4B
DSG-01-2B60B
DSG-01-2B10B
352
Reverse
Mtg. Type
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Typical Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to oil viscosity, spool type and hydraulic circuit.
Standard Type (Without Shockless Function)
[Result of Measurement]
[Test Conditions ]
Pressure:
Flow Rate:
Viscosity:
Voltage:
ON
Solenoid
OF F
O FF
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T2
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- A
DSG-01-3C2- D
DSG-01-3C2- R
Time ms
T1
T2
15
48
50
23
19
100
Shockless Type
[Reaults of Measurement]
OF F
ON
SOL a
Speed
G1
a
G2
Acceleration (G)
Load
Pressure (Ps)
Ps
T1
Type
T2
Time
Model Nmbers
Time Acceleratio n
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
Shockles s
Type
S-DSG-01-3C2- D
70 30
12
(1.2 )
7
(0.7 )
Standard
Type
DSG-01-3C2- D
35 25
18
(1.8 )
15
(1.5 )
E
DSG-01 Series Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
T1
353
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
MPa
4
Model Numbers
B T
P B
A T
DSG-01-3C2
DSG-01-3C3
DSG-01-3C4
DSG-01-3C40
DSG-01-3C60
DSG-01-3C9
DSG-01-3C10
DSG-01-3C11
DSG-01-3C12
DSG-01-2D2
100 L/min
DSG-01-2B2
U.S.GPM
DSG-01-2B3
DSG-01-2B8
Pressure Drop P
500
3
400
300
200
1
100
20
0
40
60
12
80
16
20
P A
24
Flow Rate
MPa
1.2
160
120
80
0.8
0.6
P A
B T
P B
A T
S-DSG-01-3C2
S-DSG-01-3C4
S-DSG-01-2B2
1.0
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
0.4
40
0.2
0
10
0
20
4
30
6
40
10
50
12
14
60
L/min
16
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm 2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
354
P T
2
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
145.7
(5.74)
142.2
(5.60)
196.4
(7.73)
95
(3.74)
26
(1.02)
50.7
(2.00)
46
(1.81)
A100
SOL a
SOL b
13.5
(.53)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 IN.lbs.)
33
(1.30)
23.5 47(1.85)
(.93)
88.8
(3.50)
T
B
A
P
27
(1.06)
Manual Actuator-Both Ends
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
VIEW ARROW X
X
Model Numbers
DSG-01-
-A -70
DSG-01-
G 1/2
SOL b
31.75
(1.25)
40.5
(1.59)
31 0.75
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
204.4(8.05)
149.7
(5.89)
80.7
(3.16)
D24
SOLa
SOL b
D
3
Double Solenoid
Models Only
355
Sub-plate : DSGM-01/01X/01Y-31/3180/3190
14.2
(.56)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
DSGM-01-31
"D" Thd.
"E"
mm(IN.)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
M5
10 (.39)
No.10-24 UNC
12 (.47)
Rc 3/8
M5
10 (.39)
3/8 NPT
12 (.47)
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-01Y-3190
T
11
(.43)
37
(1.46)
24
(.94)
25.8
(1.02)
31
(1.22)
31.75
(1.25)
48
(1.89)
63
(2.48)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
356
16
(.63)
15
(.59)
8.5
(.33)
7.5
(.30)
12.7(.50)
5.2
(.20)
71
(2.80)
85
(3.35)
32
(1.26)
0.75
(.03)
15.5
(.61)
7 (.28) Dia.
4 Places
40.5
(1.59)
30.2
(1.19)
21.5
(.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
12.5
(.49)
35.5
(1.40)
58.5
(2.30)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR TYPE (N)
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR WITH INDICATOR LIGHT (N1)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
-A - N -70/7090
N1
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-D - N -70/7090
N1
Models with R Solenoids: (S-)DSG-01-R -N-70/7090
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-01-
SOL b
A100
Double Solenoid
Models Only
23.5
(.93)
SOLa
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm (90 - 100 IN.lbs.)
Model Numbers
DSG-01-
-A -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-D -N
(S-)DSG-01-
-R -N
C
196.4
(7.73)
204.4
(8.05)
204.4
(8.05)
D
76.7
(3.02)
80.7
(3.18)
80.7
(3.18)
E
88.5
(3.48)
99.5
(3.92)
102.5
(4.04)
F
53
(2.09)
64
(2.52)
57.2
(2.25)
G
H
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
27.5 39
(1.08) (1.54)
34
53
(1.34) (2.09)
D
29.5
(1.16)
72.5
(2.85)
- -C
AC: 132.2(5.20)
DC/R: 136.2(5.36)
Lock Nut
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is held.
Be sure to loosen "Lock Nut" fully before solenoid
is energised.
SOL b
Push Button
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
New Design: 70
100(26.4)
35(5080)
21(3050)
Current Design: 60
63(16.6)
31.5(4570)
16(2320)
Pressure Drop
MPa (PSI)
{PA}
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min (min1)
300
(R Type sol. Only 120)
Mass kg (lbs.)
3C /2D
2B
0.9(130)
1.85(4.08)
1.4(3.09)
1.0(145)
2.2(4.85)
1.6(3.53)
Flow Rate: 60 L/min (15.9 U.S.GPM), Viscosity: 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Spool type "2" (Closed centre)
Interchangeability in Installation
Interchangeability in installation in maintained though there are minor differences in demension as in the following table.
A
E
Coil Type
AC
38
(1.50)
K
J
B
A100
SOL b
SOL a
27
(1.06)
DC
R
Design
Number
New Design
: 70
196.4 142.2 46
88.8
95
50.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(7.73) (5.60) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.00) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
204.4 146.2 46
88.8
95
54.7
26
70
13.5 70.5
(8.05) (5.76) (1.81) (3.50) (3.74) (2.15) (1.02) (2.76) (.53) (2.78)
357
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Power Suppl y
Power Supply
(For SOL.b)
SOL. a
SOL. b
Ground
Indicator Light
Terminal
Box Type
Common Plate
SOL. b
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Common
Ground
Ground
Ground
1
1
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power Suppl y
2-Power Suppl y
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
ACDC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
358
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
Indicator Light
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
28
16
18
12
17
19
14
29
13
10
15
30
9
7
SOL b
SOL a
6
8
27
24
25
21
23
20
26
22
11
-DSG-01-
- -N/N1-70/7090
16 15 14
18
11
SOL a
19
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
18
Packing
19
O-Ring
24
25
3C
2D
2B
1790S-VK421290-8
S6
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
26
O-Ring
SO-NA-P20
27
O-Ring
SO-NA-P4
30
Plug
Remarks
1790S-VK418329-9
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
-DSG-01-
- -70/7090
KS-DSG-01-70
-DSG-01-
- -N-70/7090
KS-DSG-01-N-70
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Refer to page 360 for the details of these parts.
359
-A100-70
-A120-70
-A200-70
-A240-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-D12-70
-D24-70
-D48-70
-R100-70
-R200-70
-A100-N-70
-A120-N-70
-A200-N-70
-A240-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-D12-N-70
-D24-N-70
-D48-N-70
-R100-N-70
-R200-N-70
-A100-N1-70
-A120-N1-70
-A200-N1-70
-A240-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
-D12-N1-70
-D24-N1-70
-D48-N1-70
11
20
Coil No.
SA1-100-70
SA1-120-70
SA1-200-70
SA1-240-70
SD1-12-70
SD1-24-70
SD1-48-70
SR1-100-70
SR1-200-70
SD1-12-S-70
SD1-24-S-70
SD1-48-S-70
SR1-100-S-70
SR1-200-S-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SR1-100-N-70
SR1-200-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
SR1-100-S-N-70
SR1-200-S-N-70
SA1-100-N-70
SA1-120-N-70
SA1-200-N-70
SA1-240-N-70
SD1-12-N-70
SD1-24-N-70
SD1-48-N-70
SD1-12-S-N-70
SD1-24-S-N-70
SD1-48-S-N-70
C-SA1-100-70
C-SA1-120-70
C-SA1-200-70
C-SA1-240-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SD1-12-70
C-SD1-24-70
C-SD1-48-70
C-SR1-100-70
C-SR1-200-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SR1-100-N-70
C-SR1-200-N-70
C-SA1-100-N-70
C-SA1-120-N-70
C-SA1-200-N-70
C-SA1-240-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
C-SD1-12-N-70
C-SD1-24-N-70
C-SD1-48-N-70
13
Receptacle
Part No.
18
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Remarks
R1-70
KR1-A-70
Terminal
Box
Type
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
KR1-A-70
KR1-B-70
RR1-70
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
360
19
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
2
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Standard
DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
Type
DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
120 (31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
120 (31.7)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
120
1 L-DSG-03-3C - -50/5090
Low
Wattage L-DSG-03-2D2- -50/5090
(14W)Type L-DSG-03-2B - -50/5090
60 (15.9)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
Valve
Type
Model
Numbers
240
R Type Sol. Only
120
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9 )
5 (11)
3.6 (7.9)
3.6 (7.9)
5 (11)
2.9 (6.4)
3.6 (7.9I
Sub-plate
Piping
Size
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
For socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. American Design Standard
Tightening Torque
12 - 15 Nm
(106 - 133 in. 1bs.)
361
Solenoid Ratings
Valve Type
Coil
Type
Electric source
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
AC
A120
Standard
Type
A200
A240
Shockless
Type
DC (K Series )
AC DC Rectified (R )
AC DC Rectified (RQ)
(Quick Return )
D12
D24
D100
R100
R200
RQ100
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Rating
100
100
110
120
200
200
220
240
12
24
100
100
200
100
Serviceable Range
80 - 110
90 - 120
96 - 132
108 - 144
160 - 220
180 - 240
192
216
10.8
21.6
90
90
180
264
288
13.2
26.4
110
110
220
5.37
4.57
5.03
4.48
3.81
2.69
2.29
2.52
2.24
1.91
90 - 110
0.90
0.63
0.77
0.75
0.52
0.45
0.31
0.38
0.37
0.26
3.16
1.57
0.38
0.43
0.21
0.43
Options
Push Button with Lock Nut
Can be used for manual changeover of spool. The push button
can be locked in the pressed condition.
Plug-in Connector with Solenoid Indicator Light
These are the indicator light incorporated plug-in connector type
solenoids. Energisation or de-energisation of the solenoid can
be easily identified with the incorporated indicator light.
M8 Mounting Bolts.
As the mounting bolts, M6 socket head cap screws are used for
the standard valves, however, M8 socket head cap screws are also
available for supply as optional extras. In case the M8 screws
are required, suffix "02" to the design number of both valve and
sub-plate model number like below.
Lock Nut
Push Button
Plug-in Connector
with Solenoid
Indicator Light
(Example)
Valve: DSG-03-3C2-A100-5002
Sub-plate: DSGM-03-4002
The valve is supplied with 4 pcs. hexagon
socket head cap screws M8 38 Lg.
362
SOL b
38
38
38
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Model Number Designation
S-
Special
Seals
Shockless
Type
DSG
Series
Number
-03
-2
Valve
Size
None:
Standard
Type
C:
Spring
Centred
D:
No-Spring
Detented
2:
Two
Positions
DSG:
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valve
-D24
Special Two
Number
SpoolPosition Valve
Spool
of Valve
Spring
Type
Omit if not
Positions Arrangement
required
3:
Three
Positions
F:
For Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
03
B:
Spring
Offset
Coil
Type
-C
Manual
Override
AC:
A100
A120
A200
A240
2, 3
4,40
5, 60
9, 10
11, 12
-N
-50
Electrical
Design
Conduit
Number
Connection
90:
N.American
Design Std.
None:
R:
Manual
(AC DC) Override
Pin
R100
R200
2
3
1
1
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
None:
Terminal
Box Type
DC:
D12
D24
D100
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg. of
Solenoid
Omit if not
required
RQ:
(AC DC)
RQ100
50
2
3:
Three
Positions
C:
Spring
Centred
DC:
D12
D24
D100
2
4
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
S:
Shockless
Type
2:
Two
Positions
B:
Spring
Offset
A
2
1
1
C:
Push
Button
and
Lock Nut
(Option)
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
N1:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
with
Indicator
Light
(Option)
RQ:
(AC DC)
RQ100
None::
Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and
European
Design
Std.
90:
N. American
Design
Std.
L
F-
1. In case of the special two position valve, please refer to page 369 for details.
2. N is not available for RQ-type solenoids .
3. N1 is not available for R and RQ-type solenoids .
In the table above, the symbols or numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional
extras. The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options,
therefore, please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
363
-A
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbols
A
P
10
16
25
31.5
100
100
100
100
90
90
90
90
80
80
100
100
30
30
30
70
70
70
100
100
100
80
80
100
100
90
90
100
100
A B
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C3
A B
a
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
80(65) 80(25)
75(20) 30(15)
100(75)
100
100(25)
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
100(70)
90(49)
100(81)
100(81)
100(58)
90(47)
100(62)
62(40)
100(48)
53(30)
100(81)
100(81)
100(33)
50(26)
100(39)
47(26)
96(28)
34(19)
100(81)
100(81)
76(22)
28(18)
84(21)
27(16)
65(24)
26(15)
100(81)
100(81)
46(19)
22(15)
48(18)
20(12)
26
21
18
16
30
28
28
28
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
100(55)
60(38)
100(80)
80(60)
100(55)
60(38)
100(36)
47(24)
100(65)
70(46)
100(36)
47(24)
60(21)
23(14)
85(35)
51(32)
60(21)
23(14)
34(16)
17(11)
62(28)
45(25)
34(16)
17(11)
40
40
30
28
60
60
40
35
34
24
20
19
57
57
57
57
26
19
18
16
100(62)
80(42)
100(79)
92(55)
100(35)
45(21)
100(62)
73(36)
100(72)
89(46)
87(15)
34(12)
100(44)
63(34)
100(64)
78(28)
61( 9 )
15( 9 )
94(37)
51(33)
100(59)
70(27)
49( 7 )
11( 6 )
A B
DSG-03-3C5
30
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
100
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
100
100
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
b
P T
100
100
100
100
100(90) 100(90) 100(90) 100(90)
100
100
100
100
100(75) 100(75) 100(75) 100(75)
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes : 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the frequency/voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
100(75)
100(25)
60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
364
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
A
A
P
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
10
16
25
31.5
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
120
120
100
80
54
55
43
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
104
64
53
49
42
120
84
65
62
57
120
120
104
84
65
62
57
64
53
49
42
50
50
50
50
35
24
21
20
45
45
45
45
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
112
69
112
69
120
120
120
120
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
65
65
50
120
120
86
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
60
46
80
62
62
47
120
120
86
60
46
80
62
62
47
51
40
65
52
51
40
120
120
120
120
45
37
30
28
60
60
40
35
110
100
110
100
110
100
110
100
68
47
38
38
120
114
83
75
58
120
120
120
120
77
77
77
77
120
120
120
53
33
24
23
120
120
62
62
40
63
48
120
103
47
37
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
L/min
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
A B
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
120
120
65
365
-A
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
P
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
Graphic
Symbole
2320
3630
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
26.4
26.4
4570
26.4
26.4
Spring Centred
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3) 26.4 (18.5) 26.4 (12.7) 25.4 (7.4) 17.2 (6.3)
6.7 (4.0) 23.8 (12.9) 14.0 (7.9) 9.0 (5.0)
6.7 (4.0)
A B
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
P T
26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4) 26.4 (21.4)
A B
21.1 (17.2) 21.1 (6.6) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0) 26.4 (15.3) 26.4 (8.7) 20.1 (5.8) 12.2 (5.0)
21.1
21.1
19.8 (5.3) 7.9 (4.0) 23.8 (12.4) 13.2 (6.9) 7.4 (4.8)
A B
Three Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-3C40
A B
DSG-03-3C2
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
U.S.GPM
26.4
26.4
26.4
7.9
7.9
7.9
18.5
18.5
18.5
26.4
26.4
26.4
21.1
21.1
5.8 (4.0)
26.4 (19.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8) 26.4 (16.4) 26.4 (10.3) 22.2 (5.5) 12.7 (4.8)
26.4 (6.6) 16.4 (10.6) 12.4 (6.9) 7.1 (4.2)
P T
5.3 (3.2)
A B
DSG-03-3C5
7.9
6.9
5.5
4.8
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
4.2
7.9
7.4
7.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
15.9
15.9
15.9
7.4
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
26.4
15.9
15.9
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
21.1 (7.9) 21.1 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
7.9 (6.6)
5.3 (4.0)
A B
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
26.4
26.4
21.1 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6) 21.9 (15.9) 18.5 (12.2) 13.5 (8.5) 11.9 (6.6)
23.8
23.8
No-Spring
Detented
AB
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
4.5 (2.9)
10.6
10.6
7.9
7.4
9.0
6.3
5.3
5.0
15.1
15.1
15.1
15.1
6.9
5.0
4.8
4.2
15.9
15.9
10.6
4.5 (2.9)
9.2
P T
DSG-03-2B2
b
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
26.4
b
P T
26.4
26.4
26.4
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
23 (4.0)
Notes: 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
26.4(19.8)
26.4(6.6)
60Hz, At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
366
4.5 (2.9)
23.8 (7.9) 23.8 (5.3) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2) 26.4 (14.5) 26.4 (9.5) 15.9 (5.5) 9.0 (4.2)
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
A B
a
26.4
4.5 (2.9)
P T
P T
DSG-03-2D2
26.4
26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4) 26.4 (21.1) 26.4 (17.2) 22.5 (9.2) 16.4 (7.4)
2.9 (1.6)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Standard Models and The Maximum Flow
Models with DC Solenoids: DSG-03-D
Models with R Type Solenoids: DSG-03-R
Models with RQ Type Solenoids: DSG-03-RQ100
Spool-Spring Arrangement
Max. Flow
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
Graphic
Symbols
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
A
A
P
DSG-03-3C3
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
1450
2320
3630
4570
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
26.4
21.1
14.3
14.5
11.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
27.5
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
31.7
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
31.7
31.7
27.5
22.2
17.2
16.4
15.1
16.9
14
12.9
11.1
13.2
13.2
13.2
13.2
9.2
6.3
5.5
5.3
11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
29.6
18.2
29.6
18.2
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
26.4
26.4
26.4
26.4
31.7
31.7
31.7
17.2
17.2
13.2
31.7
31.7
22.7
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
31.7
31.7
22.7
15.9
12.2
21.1
16.4
16.4
12.4
13.5
10.6
17.2
13.7
13.5
10.6
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
11.9
9.8
7.9
7.4
15.9
15.9
10.6
9.2
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
29.1
26.4
18
12.4
10
10
31.7
30.1
21.9
19.8
15.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
31.7
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
31.7
31.7
31.7
14
8.7
6.3
6.1
31.7
31.7
16.4
16.4
10.6
16.6
12.7
31.7
27.2
12.4
9.8
A B
a
B
P
[Port "A" Blocked]
DSG-03-3C2
U.S. GPM
P T
A B
A B
DSG-03-3C4
a
P T
A B
Spring Centred
Three Positions
DSG-03-3C40
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C5
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C60
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C9
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C10
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C11
a
P T
A B
DSG-03-3C12
No-Spring
Detented
DSG-03-2D2
AB
P T
A B
Spring Offset
Two Positions
P T
P T
DSG-03-2B2
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B3
P T
A B
DSG-03-2B8
b
P T
Notes ) 1. The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
At rated voltage [after temperature rise and saturated]
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
31.7
22.2
17.2
367
Max. Flow
Graphic
Symbols
Model Numbers
DSG-03-3C3-A
DSG-03-3C3-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C5-A
DSG-03-3C5-D /R /RQ100
DSG-03-3C60-A
DSG-03-3C60-D /R /RQ100
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10 MPa
(1450 PSI)
16 MPa
(2320 PSI)
25 MPa
(3630 PSI)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
26 (6.9)
21 (5.5)
18 (4.8)
16 (4.2)
35 (9.2)
24 (6.3)
21 (5.5)
20 (5.3)
84 (22.2)
52 (13.7)
52 (13.7)
68 (18.0)
65 (17.2)
61 (16.1)
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
No. of Valve
Positions
P
Graphic
Symbols
Model
Numbers
B
A
A
B
P
A
[Port "B" Blocked]
10
25
5
16
(1450) (2320) (3630) (730)
Three
Positions
Spring
Centred
A B
S-DSG-03-3C2
a
P
120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
A B
S-DSG-03-3C4
Spring
Offset
Two
Positions
P T
A B
S-DSG-03-2B2
85 (22.5) 65 (17.2)
70 (18.5) 45 (11.9)
120 (31.7)
P
B
[Port "A" Blocked]
5
(730)
L/min (U.S.GPM)
10
25
16
(1450) (2320) (3630)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 50 (13.2)
105 (27.7) 65 (17.2) 40 (10.6)
120 (31.7) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6)
100 (26.4) 65 (17.2) 35 (9.2)
5
(730)
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
10
16
(1450) (2320)
120 (31.7) 100 (26.4) 75 (19.8) 40 (10.6) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3) 120 (31.7) 120 (31.7)
P T
Note: The relation between the maximum flow in the table above and the voltage (within the serviceable voltage) is as shown below.
(Example)
L/min
The maximum flow rate is constant regardless of
any voltage variants within the serviceable voltage
368
U.S.GPM
120 (31.7)
120 (31.7)
80 (21.1)
At rated voltage
[after temperature rise and saturated]
At minimum serviceable voltage
(90% of rated voltage)
[after temperature rises and saturated]
25
(3630)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b position
(side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in the reverse
position -SOL a side- is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A
SOL b
SOL a
b
P
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
SOL. b Energised
Position
B
b
a
P
T
2B2B
2B2A
A
b
"A": Use of Neutral and
SOL. a Energised
Position (2B2A)
Graphic SymbolsG
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
A
b
(S-) DSG-03-2B2A
Reverse
Mtg. Type
(S-) DSG-03-2B A
T
raphic Symbols
Model Numbers
Standard
Mtg. Type
A
DSG-03-2B B
a
P
Reverse
Mtg. Type
b
P
(S-) DSG-03-2B2B
DSG-03-2B3B
(S-) DSG-03-2B4B
DSG-03-2B60B
DSG-03-2B10B
369
[Test Conditions]
[Result of Measurement]
ON
Solenoid
OFF
OFF
0
Spool Shift
Max.
T1
Shockless Type
[Test Circuit and Conditions]
Type
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
DSG-03-3C2-A
DSG-03-3C2-D
DSG-03-3C2-R
DSG-03-3C2-RQ100
T2
Changeover Time ms
T1
T2
27
22
97
30
97
204
97
41
[Result of Measurement]
Accelmeter
OFF
ON
Speed
SOL a
a
G1
Load
G2
Acceleration (G)
Ps
Pressure
(Ps)
T1
370
Time
T2
Time
Acceleration
ms
m/s2 (G)
T1 T2
G1
G2
S-DSG-03-3C2- D
110 120
Shockless
6.4
6.4
S-DSG-03-3C2- R
110 220
Type
(.65) (.65)
S-DSG-03-3C2-RQ100 110 120
Type
Model Numbers
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
Standard Type: DSG-03
PSI
Pressure Drop
350
300
Model Numbers
MPa
P B
A T
P T
DSG-03-3C3
DSG-03-3C4
DSG-03-3C40
1.5
DSG-03-3C5
DSG-03-3C60
DSG-03-3C9
DSG-03-3C10
DSG-03-3C11
DSG-03-3C12
DSG-03-2D2
DSG-03-2B2
DSG-03-2B3
DSG-03-2B8
200
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
B T
2.0
250
150
PA
DSG-03-3C2
2.5
0
0
0
20
5
60
40
10
80
15
20
100
25
120
L/ min
30
35 U.S.GPM
Pressure Drop
350
300
MPa
2.5
2.0
250
200
150
Model Numbers
1.0
BT
PB
AT
S-DSG-03-3C2
S-DSG-03-3C4
S-DSG-03-2B2
1.5
Flow Rate
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
5
40
10
60
80
15
20
100
25
120
30
L/ min
35 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
Factor
SSU
77
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20
30
98
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
371
-A -50/5090
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
DSG-03-
-A -50
DSG-03-
G 1/2
7(.28) Dia. Through
11(.43) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
35.3
(1.39)
58
(2.28)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
50.8
(2.00)
236
(9.29)
179.5
(7.07)
123
(4.84)
34.5
(1.36)
SOL b
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
SOL a
19
(.75)
27
(1.06)
Model Numbers
54
(2.13)
92
(3.62)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Of the two of tank port "T", the tank port in the left side is normally used in our standard sub-plate,
though, either side of the tank port "T" can be used without problem.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SOL b
176.3
(6.94)
For other dimensions, refer to "Spring Centred and No-Spring Detented" medels.
Solenoid being mounted in the reverse position -SOL a side- is also available.
372
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
282
(11.10)
202.5
(7.97)
SOL a
SOL b
114
(4.49)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
L'
Double Solenoid
Models Only
199.3
(7.85)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Sub- plates
DSGM-03 -40/2180/2190
J
18
(.71)
8.8 (.35) Dia. Through
14 (.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
90
(3.54)
54
(2.13)
37.3
(1.47)
27
(1.06)
P
S
20
(.79)
7
(.28)
6.4
(.25)
10
(.39)
22
(.87)
3.2
(.13)
B
A
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-40
DSGM-03Y-2180
DSGM-03Y-2190
92
(3.62)
F
Piping Size
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 1/2
1/2 BSP.F
1/2 NPT
Rc 3/4
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
76
(2.99)
70
(2.76)
110
(4.33)
90
(3.54)
46
(1.81)
32.5
(1.28)
21.4
(.84)
16.7
(.66)
35.3
(1.39)
89.5
(3.52)
105.3
(4.15)
58
(2.28)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
"D" Thd.
M6
13 (.51)
13 (.51)
13 (.51)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
J
L
K
N
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
110
9
(4.33) (.35)
10
32
62
40
16
48
21
(.39) (1.26) (2.44) (1.57) (.63) (1.89) (.83)
24
(.94)
120
14
(4.72) (.55)
15
50
80
45
10
47
16
42
(.59) (1.97) (3.15) (1.77) (.39) (1.85) (.63) (1.65)
373
Models with AC Solenoids: DSG-03The position of the Plug-in connector can be changed as
illustrated below by loosening the lock nut. After
completion of the change, be sure to tighten the lock nut
with the torque as specified below.
35.3 61.8
(1.39) (2.43)
109.1
(4.30)
27.5(1.08)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
61.8
(2.43)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
236
(9.29)
91
(3.58)
39 35
89
(3.50)
(1.54) (1.38)
SOLa
SOLb
Double Solenoid
Models Only
176.3
(6.94)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
-D - N -50/5090
N1
Models with R Type Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-R -N-50/5090
Models with DC Solenoids: (S-)DSG-03-
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ..... 8-10mm(.31-.39 in.)
Conductor Area ..... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
282
(11.10)
114
(4.49)
35
F
(1.38)
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
Model Numbers
N
- N1
-50/5090
SOL a
199.3
(7.85)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
8.5 - 10.5 Nm (75-93 IN.lbs.)
DSG-03-
-D
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSG-03-
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Options
Models with Push Button & Lock Nut: (S-)DSG-03-
- C(- N )-50/5090
N1
AC : 158.5 (6.24)
Lock Nut
DC,R,RQ : 181.5 (7.15)
Press the "Push Button" then turn "Lock Nut"
clockwise. The position of the "Push Button" is
held.
Be sure to loosen "LockNut" fully before solenoid
is energised
Push Button
374
Double Solenoid
Models Only
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
89
(3.50)
SOL b
35.3
(1.39)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Details of Receptacle
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Power Supply
(For SOL.a)
Earth
Earth
Indicator
Light
Indicatot
Light
Terminal
Box Type
SOL. b
Common Plate
SOL. b
SOL. a
Indicator Light
Common
Earth
Power
Supply
Ground
1
1-Power Supply
Plug-in
Connector
Type
3
3
2-Power Supply
1. There are two grounding terminals. You can use either one.
2. If you do not need the common plate, remove it.
3. With DC solenoids, polarity is no question.
DANGER
Do not perform wiring while the power is on.
Doing so may result in electric shock, burns or death.
Make the wiring properly. Improper wiring will cause an
irregular movement of the machine, resulting in a grave
accident.
Electrical Circuit
Type of
Electrical Conduit
Connection
Electric Source
AC
AC DC Rectified
DC
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Indicator Light
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Terminal
Box Type
Power
Supply
SOL.
Common
Ground
SOL.
SOL.
Common
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
Common
Ground
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
Plug-in
Connector
Type
Rectifier
Circuit
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
1-Power
Supply
1-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
2-Power
Supply
Ground
Ground
1-Power
Supply
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
SOL.
Indicator Light
(Integrated in "N1"
model only)
SOL.
Ground
Voltage-Surge
Suppressor
(Circuit composed
in coil)
Rectifier
Circuit
375
List of Seals
-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
19
21
20
22
25
24 31 17 23
16
43 42 41 40 44
29
15
14
SOL b
28
SOL a
27
27
10
-DSG-03-
-N/N1-50/5090
46
47
48
45
16
SOL a
SOL b
List of Seals
Qty.
Item
Name of Parts
21
27
28
29
30
41
43
Gasket
O-Ring
O-Ring
Plug
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
3C
1751S-VK418689-6
SO-NB-A014(NBR, Hs90)
SO-NB-P21
1790S-VK418329-9
S6
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P4
2D2
1
5
1
5
2
2
4
2
2
4
Remarks
2B
1
5
1
2
2
1
2
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
Valve Model Numbers
DSG-03-
- -50/5090
KS-DSG-03-50
DSG-03-
- -N-50/5090
KS-DSG-03-N-50
376
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Solenoid Ass'y, Coil, Receptacle and Connector Ass'y No.
42
17
45
46
Coil No.
Receptacle
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
Connector Ass'y
Part No.
SA3-100-51
SA3-120-51
SA3-200-51
SA3-240-51
SD3-12-51
SD3-24-51
SD3-100-51
SR3-100-51
SR3-200-51
SR3-100-51
SD3-12-S-51
SD3-24-S-51
SD3-100-S-51
SR3-100-S-51
SR3-200-S-51
SR3-100-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SR3-100-N-51
SR3-200-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-100-S-N-51
SR3-100-S-N-51
SR3-200-S-N-51
SA3-100-N-51
SA3-120-N-51
SA3-200-N-51
SA3-240-N-51
SD3-12-N-51
SD3-24-N-51
SD3-100-N-51
SD3-12-S-N-51
SD3-24-S-N-51
SD3-48-S-N-51
C-SA3-100-51
C-SA3-120-51
C-SA3-200-51
C-SA3-240-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SD3-12-51
C-SD3-24-51
C-SD3-100-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SR3-200-51
C-SR3-100-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SR3-100-N-51
C-SR3-200-N-51
C-SA3-100-N-51
C-SA3-120-N-51
C-SA3-200-N-51
C-SA3-240-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
C-SD3-12-N-51
C-SD3-24-N-51
C-SD3-100-N-51
DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03S-DSG-03-
-A100-50
-A120-50
-A200-50
-A240-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-D12-50
-D24-50
-D100-50
-R100-50
-R200-50
-RQ100-50
-A100-N-50
-A120-N-50
-A200-N-50
-A240-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-D12-N-50
-D24-N-50
-D100-N-50
-R100-N-50
-R200-N-50
-A100-N1-50
-A120-N1-50
-A200-N1-50
-A240-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
-D12-N1-50
-D24-N1-50
-D100-N1-50
Remarks
R3-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
Terminal
Box
Type
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
KR3-A-60
KR3-C-60
RR3-60
QR3-C-60
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
Plug-in
Connector
Type
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10 GDME-211-R-B-10
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
16
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
GDML-211-2-11
GDML-211-3-11
GDML-211-1-11
Plug-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
377
E-DSG Series
E-DSG-01: 5W
E-DSG-03: 5W
DSG Series
DSG-01: 29W
DSG-03: 38W
Standard
Since these valves operate on only 5W, they can be driven through the
output circuit of a programmed or sequence controller. This feature
simplifies the electric circuitry and enables savings in initial cost.
These low wattage valves minimize coil surface temperature.
CE certified products are available.
E-DSG-03
Specifications
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Max. T-Line
Back Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
Mass
kg (1bs.)
2.2 (4.85)
E-DSG-01-3C -D -60
E-DSG-01-2N2-D -60
30
(7.9)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -60
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
2.2 (4.85)
240
2.2 (4.85)
1.6 (3.53)
E-DSG-01-2B -D -60
E-DSG-03-3C -D -50
5 (11.03)
63
(16.6)
E-DSG-01-2D2-D -50
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
5 (11.03)
240
3.6 (7.94)
E-DSG-01-2B2-D -50
Maxmum flow indicates a ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition.
Solenoid Ratings
Model Numbers
Electric source
E-DSG-01
DC (K Series)
E-DSG-03
Coil Type
Source Rating
Voltage (V)
Serviceable Range
D12
12
10.8 13.2
0.43
D24
24
21.6 26.4
0.23
D12
12
10.8 13.2
0.44
D24
24
21.6 26.4
0.22
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering .
378
5
5
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
T-DSG-01
Specifications
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Standard
Type
100
(26.4)
T-DSG-01-2D2-D24 -70/7090
Max. Changeover
Frequency
Cycle/min {min-1}
21
(3050)
300
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
63
(16.6)
25
(3630)
21
(3050)
120
120
(31.7)
31.5 (4570)
Spool Type 60 Only
25 (3630)
16
(2320)
240
25
(3630)
16
(2320)
120
(31.7)
1.85 (4.08)
1.4 (3.09)
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
120
5 (11.03)
3.6 (7.94)
Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of spool and operating condition the same as those for standard
DSG-01/03, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 347 - 351 (DSG-01) and 364 - 368 (DSG-03) for details.
T-DSG-03
T-
Special Control
Type
Seals
SType
DSG
-03
-2
B
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
2
Spool
Type
-D24
Special
Two
Coil Type
Position
Valve
01
T:
Electronic
Relay
Incorporated
Type
M
Supply
Type of
Signal
Power
-70
-L
Models with
Design Design
Alternate
Number Standard
Offset
Solenoid
None:
Internal
Signal
Power
70
M:
External
Signal
Power
50
DC
D24
03
Please refer to the valve type DSG-01 and DSG-03 shown on page 346 and 363 for the area shaded.
For details, please contact us.
379
Programmable
Controller
Control Board
Programmable
Controller
Control
Board
Common
Cables
380
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
1
Valve
Type
Max. Flow
L/min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSHG-01-3C - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-01-2B - -14/1480/1490
DSHG-03-3C - -14/1490
DSHG-03-2N - -14/1490
Standard DSHG-03-2B - -14/1490
Type (S-)DSHG-04-3C - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - -52/5290
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - -53/5390
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - -53/5390
Shockless (S-)DSHG-06-3H - -53/5390
Type (S-)DSHG-10-3C - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - -43/4390
(S-)DSHG-10-3H - -43/4390
40 (10.6)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
160 (42.3)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
0.7 (100)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
16 (2320)
120
120
120
21 (3050)
1.0 (145)
110
110
110
120
100
120
100
100
100
60
60
50
500 (132)
31.5 (4570)
25 (3630)
1100 (291) 31.5 (4570)
1.0 (145)
Maximum flow indicates a ceiling flow. As the ceiling flow depends on the type of
spool and operating condition, refer to the List of Spool Functions on pages 386 to 390
for details.
2. Pilot pressure of internal pilot drain models must always exceed tank line back pressure
by a minimum required pilot pressure.
3. Min. pilot pressure of with pilot piston in 1.8 MPa (260 PSI).
Solenoid Ratings
Solenoid ratings of pilot valve are identical with those of standard solenoid
valve. Refer to relevant solenoid ratings described on the page below.
Pilot Valve Model
Numbers
DSG-01-
- -70
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
1.
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
345
Mass
kg
(1bs.)
3.2 (7.1)
2.7 (6.0)
6.9 (15.2)
6.9 (15.2)
6.4 (14.1)
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
8.0 (17.6)
12.4 (27.3)
12.4 (27.3)
11.9 (26.2)
13.2 (29.1)
45.0 (99.2)
45.0 (99.2)
44.5 (98.1)
52.9 (116.6)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
-27
-37
-28
-27
Rated Flow
Max. Pressure
l/min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
315 (83)
21 (3050)
500 (132)
21 (3050)
1200 (317)
21 (3050)
2400 (634)
381
S-
DSHG
-06
-2
-C2
-E
Special
Seals
Type
Series
Number
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Models with
Pilot Choke
Valve
Pilot
Connection
Drain
Connection
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
B:
Spring Offset
2, 3, 4
40, 7
C:
Spring Centred
2, 3, 4
40, 5, 60
7, 9, 10
11, 12
None:
Internal
Pilot
None:
External
Drain
E:
External
Pilot
E:
Internal
Drain
01
None:
Standard
Type
03
F:
For
Phosphate
Ester
Type
Fluids
DSHG:
Solenoid
Controlled
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2
3
4
40
7
2
B:
Spring Offset
3
04
2, 4, 40
C:
60, 10, 12
1
Spring Centred 3, 5, 6
7, 9, 11
S:
Shockless
Type
06
10
A 2
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) 1
B:
Spring Offset
A B2
2, 4, 40
1
(Omit
if
not required)
(3, 7)
2
None:
Standard
Type
C1 :
With C1
Choke
C2 :
With C2
Choke
H:
2, 4, 40
Pressure Centred 60, 10, 12
3, 5, 6 1
C:
7, 9, 11
Spring Centred
if not
(Omit
required )
N:
No-Spring
2, 4, 40
A 2
(3, 7) 1 (Omit if not required)
B:
Spring Offset
2, 4, 40
(3, 7) 1
C1C2 :
With C1 &
C2 Choke
B2
Note: In spool type 3, 5, 6, 60, and 7, the combination applicable between pilot system and drain system is as described in the table below.
Pilot Connection
Internal Pilot
382
Drain Connection
External Drain
Care in Application
Hold back pressure in the tank line so that the difference between
pilot pressure and drain pressure is always more than minimum
required pilot pressure.
External Drain
Internal Drain (T)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
-R2
-A100
-C
-H
Coil
Type
Manual
Override of
Pilot Valve
Bult-in
Orifice for
Pilot Line
Spool Control
Modification
(Omit if not required)
-N
Type of Electrical Conduit
Connection
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
-53
Design
Number
14
Design
Standard
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS"
-L
Models with
Reverse Mtg.
of Solenoid
L
(Omit if not required)
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
R2 :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Both Ends
AC DC
R100 , R200
RA :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "A" End
None:
Terminal
Box Type
None :
Manual
Override
Pin
14
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
E
L
RB :
With Stroke
Adjustment,
Port "B" End
AC:
A100 , A200
A120 , A240
DC:
D12 , D24
D48
AC DC
R100 , R200
52
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
N:
Push-in
Connector
Type
N1 :
4
Push-in
Connector
with
Indicator
Light
L
(Omit if not required)
53
H:
Refer to 5
None:
Japanese
Standard
"JIS" &
European
Design
Standard
43
80:
European
Design
Standard
(Applicable
only for
DSHG-01)
90:
N.
American
Design
Standard
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
1. Shekless type (S-DSHG) are not available for spool type marked ( ).
2. As for the details of the valve using the neutral position and the side position (either SOL a or SOL b side), please refer to page 391.
Furthermore, the spool types other than 2, 4, 40 (3, 7) are also available.
3. In spool-spring arrangement H (Pressure centred models), the valves with stroke adjustment (R*) and pilot-piston (P*) are not available.
4. NI stands for Plug-in connector with solenoid indicator light. NI is not available for R-type solenoids.
5. In spool-spring arrangement H (pressure centred models), in case the pilot pressure is more than 10 MPa (1450 PSI), please specify that the
valve should have the built-in orifice to the pilot line.
In the table above, the symbols and numbers highlighted with shade represent the optional extras.
The valves with model number having such optional extras are handles as options, therefore
please confirm the time of delivery with us before ordering.
383
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
DSHG-04
DSHG-06
DSHG-10
DSGM-03 is available only for Internal pilot-Internal drain type (Use DHGM-03Y for other valves).
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolt
Mouting Bolt
Model
Numbers
Name
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
M6 35 Lg.
DSHG-01
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S)-DSHG-06
(S)-DSHG-10
1
2
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
1 set
5-6
(43 - 52)
12 - 15
(104 - 130)
2
4
6
6
12
58
100
473
15
72
123
585
(104
(504
(868
(4106
Stud Bolt
"B " Thd.
Both Ends
9
(.35)
9
(.35)
A
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Nut
8.5 Dia.
(.33)
9
(.35)
4
(.16)
Model Numbers
MBK-01-01-30
MBK-01-02-30
MBK-01-01-3090
MBK-01-02-3090
A mm (In.)
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
94 (3.70 )
134 (5.28 )
15
(.59)
384
130)
625)
1068)
5078)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment
When the adjustment screw is turned clockwise,
changeover speed of the main spool becomes slow. In
case of the spring centred valves in particular, making
slow of the returning speed of the main spool to the
neutral position is possible with a C2 choke valve.
These choke valves can be used in combination with the
valves of spring centred, no-spring, offset, pressure
centred and the valves with stroke adjustment.
C1 Choke
DSHG-01,06,10
C2 Choke
b
Y
V X
Y
P
T
"R2" Models
C2 Choke
Y P
C1 Choke
"RA" Models
Y
P
T
Y P
"RB" Models
A
Y P
"P2" Models
a
W
Y P
b
V
"PA" Models
a
Y P
Y P
DSHG-03
(S-)DSHG-04
(S-)DSHG-06
(S-)DSHG-10
C1C2
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
0.65(1.4)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
1.3(2.9)
kg (1bs.)
Models with
Stroke Adj.
PA
P2
PB
0.6(1.3) 0.3 (.7)
1.0(2.2) 0.5 (1.1)
1.0(2.2) 0.5(1.1) 1.2(2.6) 06 (1.3)
3.6(7.9) 1.8(4.0) 3.7(8.2) 1.85 (4.1)
Models with
Pilot Piston
PA
P2
PB
b
V
"PB" Models
a
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
DSHG-03, 04
385
Two Positions
Spring Centred
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Spool Type
a
Y
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
b
Y
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
7 MPa
14 MPa
21 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3050 PSI)
"2"
DSHG-01-3C2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B2
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"3"
DSHG-01-3C3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B3
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"4"
DSHG-01-3C4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B4
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"40"
DSHG-01-3C40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B40
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"5"
DSHG-01-3C5
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"60"
DSHG-01-3C60
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"7"
DSHG-01-3C7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
DSHG-01-2B7
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"9"
DSHG-01-3C9
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"10"
DSHG-01-3C10
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"11"
DSHG-01-3C11
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
"12"
DSHG-01-3C12
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
40 (10.6)
Notes ) 1. Max. flow shows value at pilot pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or P B
A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow differs
according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
386
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-03)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5) 60 (15.9)
160 (42.3)
160 (42.3) 95 (25.1)
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-3C2
"3"
DSHG-03-3C3
"4"
DSHG-03-3C4
160 (42.3)
"40"
DSHG-03-3C40
"5"
DSHG-03-3C5
"60"
DSHG-03-3C60
"7"
DSHG-03-3C7
160 (42.3)
"9"
DSHG-03-3C9
160 (42.3)
"10"
DSHG-03-3C10
160 (42.3)
"11"
DSHG-03-3C11
160 (42.3)
"12"
DSHG-03-3C12
160 (42.3)
85
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160 (42.3)
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
85
160
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
(22.5)
(42.3)
60
95
60
95
60
95
125
160
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
60
95
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(33.0)
(42.3)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
(15.9)
(25.1)
Two Positions
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
Graphic Symbol
Maximum Flow
Spring Offset
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Y
Model Numbers
"2"
DSHG-03-2N2
"3"
DSHG-03-2N3
"4"
DSHG-03-2N4
"40"
DSHG-03-2N40
"7"
DSHG-03-2N7
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow
condition of P A B T (or P B A T) as shown
in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port
is blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic
circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-2B2
DSHG-03-2B3
DSHG-03-2B4
DSHG-03-2B40
DSHG-03-2B7
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table
above is as shown below.
(Example)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
Pilot Pressure more than 0.7 MPa (100 PSI).
Maximum Flow
7 MPa
14 MPa
25 MPa
(1020 PSI) (2030 PSI) (3630 PSI)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
85 (22.5)
160 (42.3) 160 (42.3)
160 (42.3)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Spool Type
387
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
"2"
"3"
"4"
"40"
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
250 (66.1)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
165 (43.6)
110 (29.1)
145 (38.3)
110 (29.1)
"5"
"6"
"60"
DSHG-04-3C60
300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
(S-)DSHG-04-3C60
"7"
"9"
"10"
"11"
"12"
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Graphic Symbol
A
b
Y
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04-2N2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B2 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
DSHG-04-2N3 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B4 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-04-2N40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) (S-)DSHG-04-2B40 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3) 300 (79.3)
"7"
Notes:1. Max flow described above shown value at pilot pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A B T (or
P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the maximum flow
differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us for details.
388
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Spool Functions and Maxmum Flow (DSHG-06/S-DSHG-06)
Three Positions
Spring Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
L /min (U.S.GPM)
"2"
"3"
410 (108)
500 (132)
410 (108)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C40 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
470 (124)
DSHG-06-3C5 500 (132) 500 (132) 425 (112) 350 (92.5)
DSHG-06-3H5 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
DSHG-06-3C6 475 (125) 390 (103) 300 (79.3) 230 (60.8)
DSHG-06-3H6 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
420 (111)
(S-)DSHG-06-3C60 475 (125) 420 (111) 340 (89.8) 280 (74.0) (S-)DSHG-06-3H60 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
500 (132)
"4"
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
"9"
"10"
"11"
"12"
360 (95.1)
DSHG-06-3H9
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H10
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
DSHG-06-3H11
500 (132)
310 (81.9)
(S-)DSHG-06-3H12
500 (132)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
Graphic Symbol
A
Maximum Flow
B
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-2N2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B2 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
DSHG-06-2N3 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B4 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-06-2N40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) (S-)DSHG-06-2B40 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132) 500 (132)
"7"
E
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
"40"
Notes:1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above is as shown
below.
(Example)
410 (108)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
500 (132)
500 (132)
Pilot Pressure more than 0.8 MPa (120 PSI).
In case pressure centred models, pilot pressure is more than
1 MPa (150 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition of P A
B T (or P B A T) as shown in the circuit diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is blocked, the
maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit, therefore, please consult us
for details.
389
Spool Type
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
Pressure Centred
Graphic Symbol
A
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Maximum Flow
B
b
a
Y
P T
L /min (U.S.GPM)
"2"
"3"
"4"
"40"
"5"
"6"
"60"
"7"
"9"
"10"
"11"
"12"
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H10 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
DSHG-10-3H11 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
750 (198)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H12 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
1060 (280)
1100 (291)
Two Positions
Spring Offset
No-Spring
Graphic Symbol
A
Spool Type
b
Y
"3"
Maximum Flow
B
b
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
"2"
Maximum Flow
Graphic Symbol
L /min (U.S.GPM)
P T
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10-2N2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B2 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
DSHG-10-2N3 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"4"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B4 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"40"
(S-)DSHG-10-2N40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) (S-)DSHG-10-2B40 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291) 1100 (291)
"7"
Notes ) 1. The relation between max. flow and pilot pressure in the table above
is as shown below.
(Example)
Maximum flow rate is constant regardless of pilot pressure.
Pilot Pressure more than 1 MPa (150 PSI).
1040 (275)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
Pilot Pressure at 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
2. Max. flow in the table above represents the value in the flow condition
of P
B
T (or P
B
A
T) as shown in the circuit
A
diagram right.
In case the valve is used in the condition that either A or B port is
blocked, the maximum flow differs according to a hydraulic circuit,
therefore, please consult us for details.
390
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Reverse Mounting of Solenoid.
In spring offset type, it is a standard configuration that the solenoid is mounted onto the valve in the SOL b
position (side). However, in this particular spool-spring arrangement, the mounting of the solenoid onto the valve in
the reverse position - SOL a side - is also available. The graphic symbol for this reverse mounting is as shown below.
As for the valve type 2B A and 2B B, please refer to the explanation under the heading of "Valves Using Neutral
Position and Side Position" given below.
A
B
b
SOL b
SOL a
APB
APB
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position. (Special Two position Valve)
Besides the use of the standard 2-position valves aforementioned in the "List of Standard Models and Maximum Flow",
the 3-position valves also can be used as the 2-position valves using the two of their three positions. In this case, there
are two kinds of the valve available. One is the valve using the neutral position and SOL a position (2B A) and another
is the valve using the neutral position and SOL b position (2B B).
(Example) In case of Spool Type "2"
Neutral Position
SOL. b Energised
Position
SOL. a Energised
Position
A
2B2A
A
2B2B
B
B
b
b
Y
Graphic Symbols
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B A
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2B B
10
Standard
Mtg.
Reverse
Mtg. Type
A B
A B
b
Y P T
a
P T Y
Model Numbers
04
DSHG-06 -2N A
10
(S-)DSHG- -2B2A
(S-)DSHG- -2B2B
(S-)DSHG- -2N2A
DSHG- -2B3A
DSHG- -2B3B
DSHG- -2N3A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B4B
(S-)DSHG- -2N4A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40A
(S-)DSHG- -2B40B
(S-)DSHG- -2N40A
DSHG- -2B5A
DSHG- -2B5B
DSHG- -2N5A
DSHG- -2B6A
DSHG- -2B6B
DSHG- -2N6A
(S-)DSHG- -2B60A
Graphic
Symbols
Graphic Symbols
(S-)DSHG- -2B60B
A B
a
b
Y P T
(S-)DSHG- -2N60A
DSHG- -2B7A
DSHG- -2B7B
DSHG- -2N7A
DSHG- -2B9A
DSHG- -2B9B
DSHG- -2N9A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10A
(S-)DSHG- -2B10B
(S-)DSHG- -2N10A
DSHG- -2B11A
DSHG- -2B11B
DSHG- -2N11A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12A
(S-)DSHG- -2B12B
(S-)DSHG- -2N12A
Standard
Mtg.
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
391
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm 2/s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DSHG-01
DSHG-01
MPa
1.4
160
1.2
1.0
Pressure Drop
PSI
200
120
80
Spool
Type
2
3
0.8
0.6
0.4
40
0
0.2
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
40 L /min
30
6
10
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
60
Spool
Type
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
3
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-03
DSHG-03
Pressure Drop
PSI
300
250
MPa
2.0
Spool
Type
3
4
5
6
1.6
200
1.2
150
100
50
0
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
40
80
10
20
160 L /min
120
30
40
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
2
3
4
40
5
60
AB
TP
BA
TP
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
P
7
9
10
11
12
AB
TP
BA
TP
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
DSHG-04
Pressure Drop
DSHG-04, S-DSHG-04
PSI
180
160
120
MPa
3
4
1.2
5
6
0.8
80
0.4
40
0
Spool
Type
0
0
0
100
50
20
150
40
200
250
60
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
6
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
7
T
2
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-04
Spool
Type
2
4
40
392
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
2
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
6
T
2
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DSHG-06, S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
DSHG-06
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
200
1.6
50
0
0.8
7
8
0.4
0
0
0
200
100
20
40
400
300
60
80
500
L /min
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
150
100
Spool
Type
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
6
T
1
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-06
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
4
40
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
60
10
12
T
1
DSHG-10, S-DSHG-10
1
Pressure Drop
PSI MPa
300 2.0
250
100
50
0
Spool
Type
3
4
1.6
200
150
DSHG-10
2
0.8
0.4
0
0
0
200
400
50
100
600
150
800
200
10001100 L /min
250
2
3
4
40
5
6
1.2
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
Spool
Type
60
7
9
10
11
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
8
T
3
300 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
S-DSHG-10
Spool
Type
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
2
4
40
Spool
Type
60
10
12
Pressure Drop
Curve Numbers
AB TP BA TP
P
8
E
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Spool
Type
T
2
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
98
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula right.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
393
DSHG-04
DSHG-10
ms
250
ms
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
200
100
2B
SOL"ON"
2N
SOL"OFF"
50
0
0
10
15
20
25
MPa
Changeover Time
Changeover Time
150
3C
SOL"OFF"
SOL"ON"
150
2B
SOL"ON","OFF"
2N
100
50
0
1000
2000
3000 3600
PSI
0
Pilot Pressure
DSHG-06
10
1000
15
2000
ms
Changeover Time
150
Pilot Pressure
3C
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
100
2B
SOL"ON"
SOL"OFF"
2N
50
0
0
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
Pilot Pressure
394
20
25
3000 3600
MPa
PSI
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
- -14/1490
P
B
A
T
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
Double Solenoid
Models Only
43.5
(1.71) 125(4.92)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
AC 160.7(6.33)
DC,R164.7(6.48)
Model Numbers
G 1/2
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -14
DSHG-01-
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
External Pilot - External Drain
External Pilot - Internal Drain
Internal Pilot - External Drain
168.8
(6.65)
150.5
(5.92)
118
(4.65)
103.5
(4.07)
60
(2.36)
SOL b
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
128.8
(5.07)
110.5
(4.35)
78
(3.07)
63.5
(2.5)
46
(1.81)
95
(3.74)
SOL a
395
- - N -14/1480/1490
N1
32
(1.26)
70
(2.76)
SOL a
63.5
(2.5)
78
(3.07)
SOL b
48
(1.89)
43.5
(1.71)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm ( 91-100 IN.lbs.)
125
(4.92)
K
J
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SOL a
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
103.5
(4.07)
118
(4.65)
SOL b
"J" Thd.
Rc 1/4
DSHG-01-
- -N -14
DSHG-01-
- -N -1480
1/4 BSP.F
DSHG-01-
- -N -1490
1/4 NPT
Model Numbers
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
DSHG-01-
53 (2.09)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
64 (2.52)
27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54)
DSHG-01-
- -R -N
34 (1.34)
53 (2.09)
396
179.5 (7.07)
182.5 (7.19)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Terminal Box Type: DSHG-03-
AC 70.2 (2.76)
DC,R74.2 (2.92)
54
(2.13)
L
L'
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
- -14
DSHG-03-
50.8
(2.0)
Model Numbers
DSHG-03-
46
(1.81)
Solenoid
Indicator Light
32.5
(1.28)
- -14/1490
46.5
(1.83)
46
(1.81)
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
58
(2.28)
170(6.69)
70
(2.76)
AC : 182.2(7.17)
DC,R : 186.2(7.33)
N -14/1490
- -N1
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
8-10mm(.31-.39 IN.)
Conductor Area
Not Exceeding 1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. IN.)
F
J
K
C
102
(4.02)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
L'
27
(1.06)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
SOL b
108.5
(4.27)
155.5
(6.12)
173.8
(6.84)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
108.5
(4.27)
SOL a
170
(6.69)
H
Model Numbers
58
(2.28)
53 (2.09)
64 (2.52)
DSHG-03-
- -A -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -D -N /N1
39 (1.54)
DSHG-03-
- -R -N
53 (2.09)
34 (1.34)
47.2 (1.86)
51.2 (2.02)
397
204(8.03)
101.6(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
34
(1.34)
L
B Y
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -5290
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
1.5
(.06)
91
(3.58)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
X
72.9(2.87)
34.9
(1.37)
69.8(2.75)
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
- -52/5290
50
(1.97)
46
(1.81)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
A100
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
161.5
(6.36)
179.8
(7.08)
SOL a
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
- - N -52/5290
N1
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm(.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 m m 2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
4
(.16)
AC 46.6(1.83)
DC,R50.6(1.99)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
SOL b
114.5
(4.51)
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04(S-)DSHG-04-
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 173.5 (6.83) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 184.5 (7.26) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 187.6 (7.39) 34 (1.34)
398
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.6 (1.80)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Terminal Box Type: (S-)DSHG-06-
255(10.04)
53.2
(2.09)
130.2
(5.13)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -53
(S-)DSHG-06-
- -5390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
50.5
(1.99)
B
13
(.51)
77
(3.03) 156
(6.14)
AC 196.4(7.73)
DC,R204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
46
(1.81)
AC 45.2(4.78)
DC,R49.2(1.94)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
- - N -53/5390
N1
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
H
J
102
(4.02)
Nut
27(1.06) Hex.
41
(1.61)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
6
(.24)
135.5(5.33)
APB
182.5(7.19)
SOL b
SOL a
200.8(7.91)
Double Solenoid
Models Only
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
- -53/5390
SOL b
135.5
(5.33)
SOL a
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-06(S-)DSHG-06(S-)DSHG-06-
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 200.5 (7.95) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 211.5 (8.33) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 214.5 (8.44) 34 (1.34)
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 45.2 (1.78)
399
Mounting surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
- -43/4390
384(15.12)
76.2
(3.00)
190.5
(7.50)
43
(1.69)
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
43
(1.69)
Y
L
X
21.8
(.86)
21.5(.85) Dia. Through
32(1.26) Dia. Spotface
6 Places
Cylinder Port "A"
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
78
(3.07)
(S-)DSHG-10-
- -4390
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
46
(1.81)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
SOL a
- -43
AC 196.4(7.73)
DC,R204.4(8.05)
95
(3.74)
"C" Thd.
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10-
19.6
(.77)
77.5
(3.05)
198
(7.80)
198.5
(7.81)
245.5
(9.67)
263.8
(10.39)
APB
AC 22.2(.87)
DC,R26.2(1.03)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
- - N -43/4390
N1
H
102
(4.02)
45
(1.77)
46(1.81)
6
(.24)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ...... 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 IN.)
Conductor Area ... Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 Sq. IN.)
Position of cable
departure can be
changed. For details,
refer to DSHG-01
valve on page 396.
198.5
(7.81)
Model Numbers
(S-)DSHG-10(S-)DSHG-10(S-)DSHG-10-
-A -N/N1
-D -N/N1
-R -N
C
39 (1.54)
39 (1.54)
53 (2.09)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
F
H
53 (2.09) 263.5 (10.37) 27.5 (1.08) 196.4 (7.73)
64 (2.52) 274.5 (10.81) 27.5 (1.08)
204.4 (8.05)
57.2 (2.25) 277.5 (10.93) 34 (1.34)
400
J
K
47.2 (1.86) 22.2 (.87)
51.2 (2.02)
26.2(1.03)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
18
(.71)
DHGM-03Y-10
54
(2.13)
DHGM-03Y-1090
1/4 NPT
43(1.69)
16.7(.66)
42(1.65)
13(.51)
1/4-20 UNC
15(.59)
80
(3.15)
45
(1.77)
25(.98)
3.2
(.13)
10
(.39)
12
(.47)
19
(.75)
11
(.43)
47
(1.85)
P
70
(2.76)
6.4(.25)
21.5(.85)
M6
1/4 BSP.F
27(1.06)
8(.31)
32.5(1.28)
3/4 NPT
F
mm (in.)
50
(1.97)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
46
(1.81)
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
110
(4.33)
10
(.39)
22(.87)
25
(.98)
Rc 1/4
37.3(1.47)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
pilot type valves.
To be plugged on internal
pilot type valves.
Rc 3/4
62
(2.44)
"E" Thd.
A
6.2(.24) Dia.
19
(.75)
"D" Thd.
Used only on external
drain type valves.
To be plugged on internal
drain type valves.
92
(3.62)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
32.2(1.27)
101.6
(4.00)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
M10
M6
1/4 NPT
P X
B
Y
125
(4.92)
20
(.79)
10.1
(.40)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
90
(3.54)
19
(.75)
90
(3.54)
57.1
(2.25)
16
(.63)
1.6(.06)
14.2
(.56)
55.6
(2.19)
69.8
(2.75)
13.1
(.52)
71.4
(2.81)
96
(3.78)
120
(4.72)
12
(.47)
18.3(.72)
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
36
(1.42)
"E" Thd.
17(.67) Deep
4 Places
34(1.34)
"F" Thd.
76.7
(3.02)
50
(1.97)
Rc 1/4
"E" Thd.
46
(1.81)
29
(1.14)
166
(6.54)
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
65
(2.56)
12(.47)
"D" Thd.
X
Y
76
(2.99)
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
190
(7.48)
"C" Thd.
33(1.30)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
21.5(.85)
DHGM- 04 -20/2080/2090
04X
"C" Thd.
4 Places
6.2(.24) Dia.
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
90
(3.54)
"D" Thd.
76
(2.99)
15
(.59)
"C" Thd.
16(.63)
120
(4.72)
DHGM-03Y-10/1080/1090
A
11(.43) Dia. Through
17.5(.69) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
65.8
(2.59)
14.2
(.56)
3.6(.14) Dia.
5(.20) Deep
2 Places
88.1
(3.47)
130
(5.12)
58
(2.28)
"D" Thd.
2 Places
102
(4.02)
137.5
(5.41)
Valve Types
Port "Y"
Pilot Operated
Directional
Valves
Spring Centred
No-spring
Used
Spring Offset
401
Sub-plate
DHGM- 06 -50/5090
06X
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
130.2
(5.13)
112.7
(4.44)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
F
mm (in.)
Rc 1/4
M12
24 (.94)
1/4 NPT
1/2-13 UNC
26 (1.02)
11(.43) Dia.
"D" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
94.5
(3.72)
77
(3.03)
53.2
(2.09)
29.4(1.16)
17.5(.69)
19.1(.75)
29.5
(1.16)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
23(.91) Dia.
"C" Thd. (From Rear)
4 Places
100.8
(3.97)
12.5
(.49)
34(1.34)
17.5
(.69)
7(.28) Dia.
8(.31) Deep
2 Places
96.9
(3.81)
Y
73.1
(2.88)
46.1
(1.81)
TP
74.6
(2.94)
92.1
(3.63)
12
(.47)
116
(4.57)
5.6(.22)
126.2
(4.97)
156
(6.14)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DHGM- 06 -5080
06X
D
E
35
(1.38)
12.5
(.49)
11(.43) Dia.
4 Places
156
(6.14)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
D
E
3/4 BSP.F 151.2 (5.95) 137.7 (5.42)
1 BSP.F
155.2 (6.11)
148 (5.83)
V
A
N
L
F
102 (4.02)
Dimensions
H
54.4 (2.14)
106 (4.17)
50 (1.97)
mm (Inches)
J
K
30.6 (1.20) 125.8 (4.95)
25
(.98)
402
Y
B
"C" Thd.
4 Places
24.5(.96) Dia.
4 Places
"C" Thd.
46.1
(1.81)
74.6
(2.94)
73.1
(2.88)
11.9
(.47)
PY
A B
116
(4.57)
50
(1.97)
17.5
(.69)
12
(.47)
8.9
(.35)
134
(5.28)
110
(4.33)
92.1
(3.63)
19.1
(.75)
204
(8.03)
180
(7.09)
130.2
(5.13)
12
(.47)
25
(.98)
M12 Thd.
24(.94) Deep
6 Places
130 (5.12)
L
78.2 (3.08)
N
42.5 (1.67)
74 (2.91)
32 (1.26)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
DHGM- 10 -40/4080/4090
10X
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
306.5
(12.07)
20(.79)
266.5
(10.49)
38(1.50)
190.5
(7.50)
168.3
(6.63)
147.6
(5.81)
114.3
(4.50)
213
(8.39)
76.2(3.00)
60
(2.36)
114.3
(4.50)
Y
W
28.6
(1.13)
21.8
(.86)
"D" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
1-1/2 BSP.F
1-1/2 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
X
"D" Thd.
4 Places
55
(2.17)
"E" Thd.
M20
M20
152 (5.98)
3/4-10 UNC
M20
M20
156 (6.14)
3/4-10 UNC
K
J
Dimensions
H
44(1.73)
234
(9.21)
"C" Thd.
43(1.69)
82.5
(3.25)
11 (.43) Dia.
4 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
DHGM-10-40
DHGM-10-4080
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-40
DHGM-10X-4080
DHGM-10X-4090
35
(1.38)
79.4
(3.13)
123.8
(4.87)
158.8
(6.25)
20.1
(.79)
199
(7.83)
Y
T P
V
A
X
"C" Thd.
4 Places
mm (Inches)
J
79 (3.11)
185.5 (7.30)
120.5 (4.74)
74 (2.91)
194.5 (7.66)
112.5 (4.43)
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
41.3(1.63)
Port "Y"
Used only on
external pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal pilot type
valves.
To be plugged on
internal drain type
valves.
Used
Used
Used
Not used
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Not used
Used
Not used
(pllug is required)
Used
Used
Not used
(plug is required)
Used
Not used
(plug is not required)
Pilot
Operated
With Pilot Piston,
Directional
Port "B" End
Valves
With Pilot Spring Centred
Piston
No-spring
Port "A"
Spring Offset
End
As the thread is provided on the body, plug either port on the sub-plate or port on the body.
403
Options
DSHG-03-
DSHG-03-
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
Fully
Extended
37.5 59
(1.48) (2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-04-
F
H
SOL a
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
(S-)DSHG-04-
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
SOL a
(S-)DSHG-06
10 -
-C1/C2/C1C2
-C1/C2/C1C2- N
N1
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
404
DSHG-03-
-C1
DSHG-03-
-C2
DSHG-03-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-04-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-06-
-C1C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C2
(S-) DSHG-10-
-C1C2
198.8 (7.83)
180.5 (7.11)
133.5 (5.26)
223.8 (8.81)
205.5 (8.09)
158.5 (6.24)
204.8 (8.06)
186.5 (7.34)
139.5 (5.49)
229.8 (9.05)
211.5 (8.33)
164.5 (6.48)
225.8 (8.89)
207.5 (8.17)
160.5 (6.32)
250.8 (9.87)
232.5 (9.15)
185.5 (7.30)
288.8 (11.37)
270.5 (10.65)
223.5 (8.80)
313.8 (12.35)
295.5 (11.63)
248.5 (9.78)
F
100 (3.94)
125 (4.92)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
106 (4.17)
131 (5.16)
106 (4.17)
106 (4.17)
127 (5.00)
127 (5.00)
152 (5.98)
127 (5.00)
190 (7.48)
190 (7.48)
215 (8.46)
190 (7.48)
AC SO L
DC SO L
R SOL
198.5 (7.81)
209.5 (8.25)
212.5 (8.37)
223.5 (8.80)
234.5 (9.23)
237.5 (9.35)
204.5 (8.05)
215.5 (8.48)
218.5 (8.60)
229.5 (9.04)
240.5 (9.47)
243.5 (9.59)
225.5 (8.88)
236.5 (9.31)
239.5 (9.43)
250.5 (9.86)
261.5 (10.30)
264.5 (10.41)
302.5 (11.91)
327.5 (12.89)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Options
-R
Fully Extended
252 (9.92)
Lock Nut 17(.67) Hex.
SOL a
35
(1.38)
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-04-
99 (3.90)
Fully Extended
-R
Fully Extended
289 (11.38)
SOL a
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-0610
93 (3.66)
Fully Extended
-R
Fully Extended
C
SOL a
SOL b
D
Fully Extended
(S-)DSHG-06-
-R2
376 (14.80)
111 (4.37)
40 (1.57)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-R2
558 (21.97)
Model Numbers
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
33
(1.30)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
SOL b
SOL a
-P
C
SOL a
SOL b
(S-)DSHG-06-3H
306.5 (12.07)
102 (4.02)
(S-)DSHG-06-
-P2
323 (12.72)
84 (3.31)
(S-)DSHG-10-3H
456 (17.95)
149.5 (5.89)
(S-)DSHG-10-
-P2
479 (18.86)
125 (4.92)
Model Numbers
Model Numbers
405
- -14/1480/1490
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Pilot Models
15 14
17
16
18
12
Pipe Plug
Removed for External Drain Models
SOL a
SOL b
13
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Pilot Models
13
11
10
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal Drain Models
DSHG-03-
- -14/1490
15 14 17 16
Pipe Plug
Pipe Plug
13 Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
SOL b
Section X-X
12
Item
Name
O-Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P5
8(4)
2
DSHG-03
Part Numbers
Qty.
SO-NB-P28
2
SO-NB-A104
Pilot Valves
See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to be used.
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
406
Section Y-Y
List of Seals
DSHG-01
Part Numbers
Qty.
JASO-1018-1A
2
3 10
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals and Pilot Valves
(S-)DSHG-04-
- -52/5290
15 14 16 17
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
11 Removed for Internal
Drain Models
SOL a
11
SOL b
12
E
5
(S-)DSHG-06(S-)DSHG-10-
13
Section X-X
- -53/5390
- -43/4390
15 14
16
17
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Pilot Models
Pipe Plug
Removed for Internal
Drain Models
11
11
SOL a
SOL b
21
12
21
X
Y
12
Section X-X
Section Y-Y
Y
18
10
13
Solenoid Controlled
Pilot Operated Directional Valves
18 10
Section Y-Y
11 Pipe Plug
Removed for External
Drain Models
List of Seals
Item
8
9
10
18
Name
O-Ring
Part Numbers
(S-)DSHG-04
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P9
(S-)DSHG-06
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P10
(S-)DSHG-10
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P42
SO-NB-P65
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
Pilot Valves
See page 408 for the pilot valve model numbers to
be used.
2
4
2
2
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page
408. In addition to the above o-rings, o-rings for pilot valve is included in
the seal kit.
For the detail of the pilot valve o-rings, see page 359.
407
DSHG-01-3C - - -14
DSHG-01-3C - -N-1480
DSHG-01-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- -N-70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-01-2B - - -14
DSHG-01-2B - -N-1480
DSHG-01-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- -N-70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
DSHG-03-3C - - -14
DSHG-03-3C - - -1490
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
DSHG-03-2B - - -14
DSHG-03-2B - - -1490
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
DSHG-03-2N - - -14
DSHG-03-2N - - -1490
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-3C - - -5290
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2B - - -5290
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -52
(S-)DSHG-04-2N - - -5290
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-3C - - -5390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2B - - -5390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -53
(S-)DSHG-06-2N - - -5390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-3C - - -4390
DSG-01-3C4- - -70
DSG-01-3C4- - -7090
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2B - - -4390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70-L
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090-L
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -43
(S-)DSHG-10-2N - - -4390
DSG-01-2D2- - -70
DSG-01-2D2- - -7090
KS-DSHG-03- -14
KS-DSHG-04- -52
KS-DSHG-06- -53
KS-DSHG-10- -43
Notes) 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol
representing the type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: For the details of the pilot valves, see page 359 to 360.
408
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
G-DSG-01
E
1 Reduces oil hammering during spool changeover.
Conventional Type
G-Series Valve
W
No vibration
No oil leakage
Enhanced
machining
accuracy
Oil Hammering
Improvement
SOL
ON
SOL
ON
Piping
vibration
Machine
vibration
Oil leakage
Large machining
errors
Solenoid Valve
G-Series Valve
Jerk at start up
Slow start
G-DSHG-04
No shaking
Improvement
Sudden stop, causing shock
Slow stop
Shaking
Still
No shaking
409
Programmable
Controller
Shifting Signal
HALT
24 V DC
SOL a
DC Power
Supply
SOL b
Adj. Volume
"OFF ADJ"
Adj. Volume
"ON T"
Adj. Volume
"OFF T"
A B
A B
P T
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
SOL a
SOL b
OFF
(Max. 1s)
OFF ADJ
(Max. 1s)
ON
OFF
OFF
ADJ
ON T
P T
ON T
ON
Pattern
of Flow
A B
OFF ADJ
OFF
A B
Max.
60s
P T
OFF T
OFF
ADJ
(Max. 1s)
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
MIN
MIN
P T
Pattern
of Flow
ON
SOL a
SOL b
HALT
OFF
ON T
OFF T
(Max. 1s)
(Max. 1s)
Max.
60s
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
The minimum adjustment volume is common for SOL a and b, and it is not possible to set a different volume for each SOL a and b individually.
If the HALT functions are not used, set the minimum adjustment volume to zero.
410
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Instructions
(Example)
a
G-DSG valve
fully opens after the ON T duration.
Flow Rate
Max. 60 s
0
ON
OFF T
OFF
SOL
HALT
MIN
OFF
ON
OFF
E
Series Shockless Type Solenoid Operated /
Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves
411
Electronic
Circuit
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
G-DSG-01-
- -50/5090
G-DSG-03-
- -50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
Voltage
36 W
36 W
Voltage
Current
Input interface
0 .1 - 1 s
0 .3 - 1 s
1 - 10 (.26 - 2.6)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
Single Solenoid
Double Solenoid
1. The maximum flow rates may vary according to the operating pressure. Refer to Maximum Flow Rates Characteristics on pages 414 and 415 for
details.
2. At pressures more than 21 MPa (3050 PSI), the "shockless effect" is slightly less if compared it with that at 16 MPa (2320 PSI).
412
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Model Number Designation
G-DSG
-01
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-10
-2B7
-S
-50
Metred Flow
Capacity
Spool Type
Input
Interface
Design
Number
-L
Design
Standards
3C2
3C40
A
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
Refer to
3C2
03
None : 80 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
60
: 60 L /min
L
Applicable only for 2B7
(Omit if not required)
A B
S:
Source Type
a
P T
50
b
P
2B7
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
G-DSG-01
G-DSG-03
3C40
a
None : 60 L /min
40
: 40 L /min
50
2B7
None : 30 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
G-DSG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
DSGM-03-40
DSGM-03X-40
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2180
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/8 BSP.F
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
DSGM-03-2190
DSGM-03X-2190
DSGM-03Y-2190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
3.0 (6.6)
3.0 (6.6)
4.7 (10.4)
01
None : 40 L /min
10
: 10 L /min
20
: 20 L /min
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Tightening Torque
413
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-01" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
Max.Flow
8
6
40
20
40 L/min Type
BA
TP
Direction of
Flow
A B
20 L/min Type
4
10
G-DSG-01- -2B7
Direction of Flow
P A P B
30
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
10
1000
40
30
Direction
of Flow
20
P A
10
2
15
2000
Pressure
20
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
20 L/min Type
P B
B
T10
L/min Type
25 MPa
30 L/min Type
10 L/min Type
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
10
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM
10
L/min
10
1000
15
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
Pressure Drop
G-DSG-01- -3C2
3C40
Pressure Drop
200
160
120
1.2
10 L/min Type
P A,P B
A T,B T
40 L/min Type
P A
P B
20 L/min Type
P A
P B
A T
B T
120
40 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.8
80
40
MPa
1.0
0.8
MPa
1.6
G-DSG-01- -2B7
PSI
140
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
0.4
40
0
0
20
10
2
30
4
6
Flow Rate
40
L/min
10 U.S.GPM
Viscosity
20
30
77
98
40
50
60
70
80
90
10
7
5
3
0
OFF
100ms
SOL
U.S.GPM
8
6
L /min
30
20
4
2
0
10
0
2B7
SOL
Flow Rate
414
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
ON
OFF
30
20
10
0
10
20
30
SOL
200 ms
U.S.GPM L /min
10
8
6
4
2
0
AB
10
8
6
4
2
0
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
Flow Rate
10
7
5
3
0
ON
10
0
8 U.S.GPM
20
4
6
Flow Rate
15
3C2, 3C40
30
30 L/min
SSU
20
10
mm2/s
Factor
Shifting Characteristics
Flow Rate
30 L/min Type
A T
B T
0.2
8
6
4
2
0
20 L/min Type
P A
30 L/min Type
P B
P A
P B
0.6
80
0.4
10 L/min Type
P A 20 L/min
P B Type
A T
A T
B T
B T
PT
100
ms
AB
HALT
PT
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics of "G-DSG-03" at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
Maximum Flow Rate
G-DSG-03- - 3C2
3C40
60 L/min Type
40
10
20
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
40 L/min Type
5
1000
15
10
20
2000
Pressure
60
15
10
40
20
P
40 L/min Type
Direction of Flow
P A
P B
A
Direction of
Flow
A B
B
15
10
1000
20
2000
Pressure
25 MPa
Pressure Drop
PSI
240
MPa
1.6
P
Pressure Drop
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-3C2
3C40
0.8
G-DSG-03-40-3C2
3C40
0.4
G-DSG-03-60-3C2
3C40
G-DSG-03-2B7
G-DSG-03-40-2B7
80
40
0
0
20
4
40
60
8
12
Flow Rate
80 L/min
16
20 U.S.GPM
The numbers of the pressure drop curves are the same for P A,
P B, A T and B T.
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
Shifting Characteristics
15
20
30
77
98
U.S.GPM
16
Flow Rate
0
3
5
7
10
OFF
10
7
5
100ms
3
0 ON
SOL
60
70
80
90
100
U.S.GPM L /min
60
40
20
0
50
3C2, 3C40
16
12
8
4
0
40
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
Flow Rate
1.2
120
200
160
25 MPa
60 L/min Type
12
L /min
60
60
15
G-DSG-03- -2B7
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
80 L/min Type
Max.Flow
Max.Flow
U.S.GPM L/min
80
20
40
8
4
0
20
0
2B7
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
16
12
8
4
0
4
8
12
16
60
40
20
0
20
40
60
SOL
SOL
ON
OFF
200ms
AB
PT
10
7
5
3
0
100ms
AB
10
7
5
3
0
HALT
OFF
ON
PT
ON
OFF
415
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
40.5
(1.59)
110
(4.33)
Model Numbers
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
G-DSG-01-
- -50
G-DSG-01-
- -5090
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
0.5
(.02)
65.5
(2.58)
44.5
(1.75)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
89
(3.50)
109.5
(4.31)
SOL b
11
(.43)
65
(2.56)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 356.
0.5
(.02)
197.5
(7.78)
SOL b
178.5
(7.03)
416
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
- -5090
G 1/2
141
(5.55)
1/2 NPT
G1/2
50.8
(2.00)
336
(13.23)
132
(5.20)
102
(4.02)
48
(1.89)
54
(2.13)
0.5
(.02)
109.6
(4.31)
130.1
(5.12)
39
(1.54)
SOL a
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
70
(2.76)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
SOL b
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
2. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 373.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
G-DSG-03-
"C" Thd.
G1/2
- -50
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
Model Numbers
G-DSG-03-
234
(9.21)
0.5
(.02)
SOL b
226.3
(8.91)
417
X T A PB
Specifications
Model Numbers
Descriptions
Max. Flow
G-DSHG-04-3C - - - -50/5090
G-DSHG-06-3C - - - -50/5090
L /min (U.S.GPM)
160 (42.3)
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
MPa (PSI)
3 (440)
3 (440)
MPa (PSI)
16 (2320)
16 (2320)
MPa (PSI)
Pilot Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
250 (66.1)
1.5 (220)
at Normal
1 (0.3)
1 (0.3)
at Transition
4 (1.1)
6 (1.6)
Voltage
36 W
36 W
Voltage
Current
Input interface
5 - 20 (1.3 - 5.3)
10 - 30 (2.6 - 7.9)
Low speed operation flow rate (min. flow rate) hold time
Ambient Temperature
Approx. Mass
12 kg (26.5 lbs.)
15 kg (33.1 lbs.)
418
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Model Number Designation
G-DSHG
-04
Series
Number
Valve
Size
-E
-R2
-S
-50
Spool Type
Pilot
Connection
Input
Interface
Design
Number
3C2
04
G-DSHG :
G Series Shockless
Type Solenoid
Controlled Pilot
Operated
Directional Valve,
Sub-plate
Mounting
-3C2
A B
a
b
Y
P T
None:
Internal
Pilot
A B
b
a
Y
P T
None:
Sink Type
(Standard)
50
RA:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "A" End
3C40
06
R2:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Both Ends
E:
External
Pilot
RB:
With Stroke Adjustment,
Port "B" End
Design
Standards
Refer to
S:
Source Type
50
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
G-DSHG-04
G-DSHG-06
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Qty.
2
4
6
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs.)
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
419
Pressure Drop
G-DSHG-04/06-3C2/3C40
PSI
MPa
200
1.4
G-DSHG-04- 3C2
3C40
1.2
Pressure Drop P
1.0
0.8
mm2/s 15
SSU 77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may
be obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
B T
0.6
80
Viscosity
Factor
A T
B T
P A
P B
160
120
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
G-DSHG-06- 3C2
3C40
0.4
P A
P B
A T
40
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
150
30
40
200
50
250
60
L/min
70 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Shifting Characteristics
G - D S H G - 0 4 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
40
U.S.GPM L /min
100 400
250ms
150
30
100
10
5
0
20
50
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM L /min
200
50
ON
SOL
60
200
10
5
40
0
100
0
OFF
300
20
80
250ms
ON
OFF
SOL
G - D S H G - 0 6 - 3 C 2 /3 C 4 0
30
20
10
0
60
125
100
75
10
8
0
50
25
0
SOL
HALT
420
U.S.GPM
70
500ms
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
150
40
50
OFF
OFF
200
40
160
30
120
20
80
10
40
0
0
ON
L /min
240
SOL
ON
500ms
ON
HALT
OFF
OFF
ON
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50/5090
Tank Port "T"
79.9
(3.15)
Model Numbers
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
91
(3.58)
50
(1.97)
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
263
(10.35)
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -5090
1.5
(.06)
"C" Thd.
G-DSHG-04-3C - - -50
L'
65.5
(2.58)
132
(5.20)
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
116
(4.57)
L
181
(7.13)
200.5
(7.89)
SOL b
SOL a
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
L'
4
(.16)
50.4
(1.98)
204
(8.03)
1. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P22 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P9 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
101.6
(4.00)
34
(1.34)
G-DSHG-04-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 289(11.38)
SOL a
SOL b
33
(1.30)
Fully Extended
93(3.66)
421
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50/5090
Pressure Port "P"
Tank Port "T"
50.5
(1.99)
53.2
(2.09)
Solenoid Indicator
Light
Model Numbers
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -50
L'
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
0.5
(.02)
G-DSHG-06-3C - - -5090
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
263
(10.35)
132
(5.20)
65.5
(2.58)
48
(1.89)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
202
(7.95)
221.5
(8.72)
137
(5.39)
SOL b
41
(1.61)
L'
6
(.24)
78.5
(3.09)
Mounting Surface 2
(O-Rings Furnished)
1. Air vent position around valve longitudinal axis can be optionally selected.
2. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P30 for P/A/B/T ports
SO-NB-P14 for X/Y ports
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
G-DSHG-06-3C - -R - -50/5090
Fully Extended 376(14.80)
SOL a
SOL b
Fully Extended
134.8(5.31)
422
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
DHG-04-3C -50
DHG-04-2N -50
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
DHG-04-2B -50
130 (34.3)
70 (18.5)
70 (18.5)
60 (15.9)
DHG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
DHG-06-2N -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-06-2B -50
140 (37)
100 (26.4)
90 (23.8)
80 (21.1)
DHG-06-3H -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DHG-10-3C -40
DHG-10-2N -40
DHG-10-2B -40
460 (122)
DHG-10-3H -40
300 (79.3)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
7.4 (16.3)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
7.4 (16.3)
7.8 (17.2)
11.2 (24.7)
31.5 (4570)
25 (3630)
0.8 (120)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
25 (3630)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
1 (150)
21 (3050)
11.7 (25.8)
43.8 (96.6)
31.5 (4570)
3
11.2 (24.7)
12.0 (26.5)
200 (52.8)
220 (58.1)
3
31.5 (4570)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
43.8 (96.6)
45.6 (101)
51.6 (114)
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For more information, see page
388 for the List of Standard Model and Maximum Flow (DSHG04) for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves.
2. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 389 for the List of Standard Model and
Maximum Flow (DSHG-06) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
3. Varies depending on the spool type and pilot pressure. For more
information, see page 390 for the List of Standard Model and
Maximum Flow (DSHG-10) related to the Solenoid Controlled Pilot
Operated Directional Valves.
4. Minimum Pilot Pressure for the models with pilot piston is 1.8 MPa
(260 PSI).
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
Max.Operating Pres.
L /min (U.S.GPM)
MPa (PSI)
DHF-16-
-30
500 (132)
DHF-24-
-26
1200 (317)
DHF-32-
-21
2400 (634)
21 (3050)
Pressure Drop
Instruction
423
DH
-04
-2
Type of
Number
Valve
Special Series
Connecof Valve
Size
Seals Number
tion
Positions
F:
Special
Seals
for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit
if not
required)
-C2
-RA
-H
SpoolSpring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
Special
Two
Position
Valve
Model with
Pilot Choke
Valve
2
(Options)
Spool Control
Modification
(Options) 2
Built-in
Orifice
for Pilot
Line
H:
Pressure
Centred
(Option)
2 , 3
4 , 40
2 5 , 6
60 , 7
9 , 10
N:
No-Spring 11 , 12
3
G:
Subplate
Mounting
C:
Spring
Centred
04
DH:
Pilot
Operated
Directional
Valve
06
C2:
With C2
Choke
B:
Spring
Offset
10
Refer to
50
Refer to
5
H:
Refer to
4
40
Design Design
Number Standard
50
-50
1.
2.
3.
4.
List of Options
Valve Types
Three Positions
Two Positions
Spring
Pressure
NoSpring
Centred
Centred
Spring
Offset
Graphic Symbols
Spool Type
3C2
3H2
2N2
2B2
3C3
3H3
2N3
2B3
3C4
3H4
2N4
2B4
40
3C40
3H40
2N40
2B40
3C5
3H5
3C6
3H6
60
3C60
3H60
3C7
3H7
2N7
2B7
3C9
3H9
10
3C10
3H10
11
3C11
3H11
12
3C12
3H12
Model Numbers
Option Code
C2 R2 RA RB P2 PA PB
DHG-04-3C
DHG-04-2N
DHG-04-2B
DHG-06-3C
DHG-06-2N
DHG-06-2B
DHG-06-3H
DHG-10-3C
DHG-10-2N
DHG-10-2B
DHG-10-3H
Note.
: Pressure Centered Models are not available for the Valve Size of "04".
424
3H
Mark: Available
Mark: Not Available
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Valve
Approx.
Model
Sub-plate
Thread
Mass
Numbers Model Numbers
Size
kg (lbs.)
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DHG-04
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2090
DHGM-04X-2090
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHGM-06-5080
DHGM-06X-5080
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
8.5 (18.7)
8.5 (18.7)
DHGM-06-5090
DHGM-06X-5090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
DHG-10
DHGM-10-4090
DHGM-10X-4090
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Sub-plates are shared with those for Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valves. Refer to pages 401 to 403 for dimensions.
Mounting Bolts
Socket Head Cap Screw
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. lbs)
DHG-04
M6 45 Lg.
M10 50 Lg.
2
4
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
DHG-06
M12
60 Lg.
1/2-13 UNC
2-1/2 Lg.
100-123 (885-1089)
DHG-10
M20
75 Lg.
2 Lg.
473-585 (4186-5177)
3/8-16 UNC
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Adjustment (C2)
The pressure centred type can be used when the returning of the spool
to the neutral position is required to be done firmly.
Graphic Symbol
Graphic Symbols
When the adjustment screw is screwed in, the spool stroke becomes
short and flow rate reduces
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbol
Spring Centred Models with Stroke Adjustment on Both Ends (R2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "A" End)
The valves with a pilot piston can be used when the high speed
changeover of the spool is required. However, please note that in case
of spring centred valves, there is no change in the returning speed of
the spool to the neutral position even with the pilot piston.
X
W
Y
P
Graphic Symbols
Spring Centred Models with Pilot
Piston on Both Ends (P2)
Stroke Adjustment
Screw (Port "B" End)
Add the mass described below to the mass of standard models on page 423
if options are required.
kg (lbs.)
Y
V
Model
With Pilot
Numbers Choke Valve
DHG-04
0.65 (1.4)
1.0 (2.2)
RA
RB
0.5 (1.1)
DHG-06
0.65 (1.4)
1.2 (2.6)
0.6 (1.3)
DHG-10
0.65 (1.4)
3.7 (8.2)
1.85 (4.1)
P2
R2
425
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are available:
valves with neutral position and pilot Y pressure position (2B A), valves with neutral position and pilot X pressure
position (2B B).
Model Numbers
Graphic Symbols
04
DHG- 06 -2B B
10
DHG- -2B2A
DHG- -2B2B
DHG- -2B3A
DHG- -2B3B
DHG- -2B4A
DHG- -2B4B
DHG- -2B40A
DHG- -2B40B
DHG- -2B5A
DHG- -2B5B
DHG- -2B6A
DHG- -2B6B
DHG- -2B60A
DHG- -2B60B
DHG- -2B7A
DHG- -2B7B
DHG- -2B9A
DHG- -2B9B
DHG- -2B10A
DHG- -2B10B
DHG- -2B11A
DHG- -2B11B
DHG- -2B12A
DHG- -2B12B
DHG-04-
101.6
(4.00)
50.4
(1.98)
Options
Models with Pilot Choke Valve
DHG-04-C2
65
(2.56)
91(3.58)
73(2.87)
50
(1.97)
69.8(2.75)
34.9(1.37)
X
B
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
9.3
(.37)
1.6
(.06)
34
(1.34)
Cylinder
Port "A"
-50/5090
Graphic Symbols
69.5
(2.74)
21
(.83)
Fully Extended
59
(2.32)
10.4
(.41)
106
(4.17)
04
DHG- 06 -2B A
10
146
(5.75)
Model Numbers
48
(1.89)
35
(1.38)
34
(1.34)
4
(.16)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
91(3.58)
121(4.76)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the
sharable sub-plate on page 401.
426
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DHG-06-
-50/5090
53.2
(2.09)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-06-C2
127
(5.00)
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 402.
77.5
(3.05)
21.8
(.86)
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
114.3
(4.50)
233.8
(9.20)
84
(3.31)
159.5
(6.28)
78
(3.07)
Cylinder Port "B"
384
(15.12)
65
(2.56)
Options
M o d e ls w it h P ilo t C h o k e V a lv e
DHG-10-C2
19.6
(.77)
43 (1.69)
43.1
(1.69)
21.5(.85) Dia.
Through
32(1.26) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
66.5
(2.62)
205
(8.07)
46 (1.81)
6
(.24)
2-Eye Bolts
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
190
(7.48)
-40/4090
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
DHG-10-
41
(1.61)
95
(3.74)
52
(2.05)
34
(1.34)
Fully Extended
59 (2.32)
142
(5.59)
255
(10.04)
65
(2.56)
13
(.51)
77
(3.03)
156
(6.14)
Cylinder Port "A"
Pilot Pressure
Port "X"
167
(6.57)
130.2
(5.13)
230
(9.06)
50.5
(1.99)
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
13.5(.53) Dia.
Through
20(.79) Dia.
Spotface
6 Places
6(.24) Dia.
Two Location Pins
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
427
List of Seals
DHG-04DHG-06DHG-10-
-50/5090
-50/5090
-40/4090
11
10
Item
Name of Parts
15 16 17 13
14
12
Part Numbers
DHG-04
DHG-06
DHG-10
Qty
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P20
10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P42
11
O-Ring
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-G65
12
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P14
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
below.
Valve Model Numbers
428
DHG-04-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-04-50
DHG-06-
-50/5090
KS-DHG-06-50
DHG-10-
-40/4090
KS-DHG-10-40
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
Maximum Flow L /min (U.S.GPM)
14 MPa
21 MPa
(2030 PSI)
(3050 PSI)
100 (26.4) 1
100 (26.4) 1
DMT-03-3C -50
7 MPa
(1020 PSI)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMT-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
300 {200} 2
(79.3 {52.8})
300 {120} 2
(79.3 {31.7})
300 {100} 2
(79.3 {26.4})
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
300 (79.3)
200 (52.8)
120 (31.7)
100 (26.4)
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 {315} 2
(132 {83.2})
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
315 (83.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
35 (9.2)
Max.Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
5.0 (11.0)
21 (3050)
12.9 (28.5)
21 (3050)
22 (48.5)
25 (3630)
14 (2030)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
21 (3050)
21 (3050)
31.5 MPa
(4570 PSI)
DMG-01-3C -10
DMG-01-3D -10
DMG-01-2D -10
1.8 (4.0)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-3D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2D -50
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
DMG-03-2B -50
100 (26.4)
DMG-04-3C -21
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2D -21
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-2B -21
90 (23.8)
60 (15.9)
50 (13.2)
DMG-06-3C -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-3D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2D -50
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
500 (132)
DMG-06-2B -50
420 (111)
300 (79.3)
250 (66.1)
200 (52.8)
DMG-10-3C -40
1100 (291)
DMG-10-3D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2D -40
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
DMG-10-2B -40
670 (177)
350 (92.5)
260 (68.7)
200 (52.8)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
100 (26.4)
200 (52.8)
105 (27.7)
1100 (291)
1100 (291)
4.0 (8.8)
7.4 (16.3)
7.9 (17.4)
1100 (291)
31.5 (4570)
21 (3050)
11.5 (25.4)
12 (26.5)
31.5 (4570)
Note: The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve. For details, please refer to the "List of Standard Models and Maximum
Flow" on pages 386 to 390.
1. Varies depending on the spool type. For details, see the "List of Standard Model and Maximum
Flows" for DSG-03 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valves (page 364 and 366 at 50 Hz
rated voltage).
2. The figures in parentheses indicate Max. flow for 3C3,3C5, 3C6 and 3C60.
3. Varies depending on the spool type. For the details, see the table in the following page.
4. Varies depending on the spool type. Same as DSHG-10 (at pilot pressure of 1.5 MPa (220 PSI).
See page 390.
5. Lever operating torque varies depends on the T-line back pressure. See the right-hand figure.
6. If the T-Line back pressure exceeds 7 MPa (1020 PSI), directly connect the drain port to the
reservoir.
21 (3050)
48.2 (106)
50 (110)
Operating Torque
Sub-Plate Mounting
DMG-01-2B -10
DMG-03-3C -50
Threaded Connections
Model Numbers
4 0.5
0 0
10
14 MPa
429
DM
-03
-2
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
No. of
Valve
Position
Spool-Spring
Arragement
Spool
Type
Special Two
Position
Valve
Design
Number
Design
Standard
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
European
80:
Design Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
03
F:
Special
Seals for
Phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
T:
Threaded
Connection
DM :
Manually
Operated
Directional
G:
Valves
Sub-plate
Mounting
C:
Spring
Centred
D:
No-Spring
Detented
B:
Spring Offset
30
2 , 3
4 , 40
5 , 6
60 , 7
8 , 9
10 , 11
12
30
A ,B
(Omit if not
required)
10
50
21
50
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
and European Design
Std.
N. American
90:
Design Std.
40
-30
-31
Rated Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
315 (83.2)
400 (106)
21 (3050)
DMG-01
Spool Type
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMT-03
DMG-03
3C
3D
2D
2B
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D 3C 2D
2B 3D 2B
DMT-06
DMT-10
3C
3D
2
3
4
Model
Numbers
40
200 (52.8)
180 (47.6)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
80 (21.1)
90 (23.8)
140 (37.0)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
DMG-04-3C2
DMG-04-3C3
DMG-04-3C4
DMG-04-3C40
DMG-04-3C5
DMG-04-3C6
DMG-04-3C60
DMG-04-3C7
DMG-04-3C9
DMG-04-3C10
DMG-04-3C11
DMG-04-3C12
130 (34.3)
90 (23.8)
200 (52.8)
200 (52.8)
50 (13.2)
60 (15.9)
70 (18.5)
75 (19.8)
125 (33.0)
130 (34.3)
150 (39.6)
200 (52.8)
60
7
8
9
Graphic Symbols
#1
85 (22.5)
70 (18.5)
90 (23.8)
105 (27.7)
40 (10.6)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
55 (14.5)
100 (26.4)
85 (22.5)
85 (22.5)
95 (25.1)
#3
10
11
12
2D
#2
#1 (#2)
A
B
#3
#3
Position #3
Position #2
T
Position #1 (#2, in case of D M T
G -01/03-2B , DM G -03-2D )
Note: The
430
#3
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Valves Using Neutral Position and Side Position (Special Two Position Valve)
In addition to the standard two positions valves (2D , 2B ), the following two types of two positions valves are
available : Valves with neutral position (#2) and position #1 (2B A, 2D A), valves with neutral position (#2) and
position #3 (2B B, 2D B).
The
mark in the table below indicates the spool type available for each models.
Spring Offset Models
Model
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMT-06
DMT-10
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Valve
Type
2B2A
2B2B
2B3A
2B3B
2B4A
2B4B
2B40A
2B40B
DMG-01
DMT-03
DMG-03
2B5B
2B5A
2B6B
2B60A
2B60B
2B7A
2B7B
2B8A
2B8B
2B9A
2B9B
2B10A
2B10B
2B11A
2B11B
2B12A
2B12B
Position #2
Position #3
Valve
Type
A
P
B
T
Model
DMT-06
DMT-10
Valve
Type
2D2B
2D3A
2D3B
2D4A
2D4B
2D40A
2D40B
DMG-01
T
DMT-06
DMT-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2D5B
2D6A
2D6B
2D60A
2D60B
2D7A
2D7B
2D8A
2D8B
2D9A
2D9B
2D10A
2D10B
2D11A
2D11B
2D12A
2D12B
Position #1
Position #2
A
P
2D2A
2D5A
Model
Graphic Symbols
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
2B6A
Position #1
Position #2
DMT-06
DMT-10
Graphic Symbols
Valve
Type
Position #2
Position #3
431
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Sharable with Solenoid Operand Directional Valve s and Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated
Directional Valves. For dimensions, refer to the right table then see the corresponding pages.
Mounting Bolts
Valve
Model
Numbers
DMG-01
DMG-03
Page
356
373
401
402
403
N. American
Design Standard
No. 10-24 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC 1-3/4 Lg.
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
DMG-04
DMG-06
DMG-10
4
4
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs.)
5-7
(44-62)
12-15
(106-133)
2
4
6
8
12-15
(106-133)
58-72
(513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4195-5177)
Qty.
Instructions
Avoid connecting the
Tank Port "T" to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Pressure Drop
The following characteristics are based on the following conditions: viscosity of the fluid: 35 mm2/s (164 SSU) and
Specific Gravity: 0.850
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the following chart and G is 0.850.
DMT-06, 06X
Pressure Drop P
PSI
150
MPa
1
2
1.0
0.8
100
3
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
40
250
60
300 L /min
80 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
432
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop Curve Number
Spool
Type P A B T P B A T P T
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
4
3
2
3
2
40
3
2
3
2
5
3
3
3
3
1
6
3
3
3
3
1
60
3
2
3
2
7
3
3
8
3
2
3
2
9
3
2
3
2
10
3
2
3
2
11
3
2
3
2
12
PSI
150
MPa
P
Pressure Drop
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
2
3
0.4
50
0.2
0
100
0
0
20
200
40
300
60
500 L /min
400
80
100
Flow Rate
DMG-01
PSI
200
1.2
P
Pressure Drop
MPa
1.4
150
1.0
0.8
100
50
0
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
10
15
20
25
6
35 L /min
30
8
3C
3C2
3C3
3C4
3C40
3C5
3C60
3C7
3C8
3C9
3C10
3C11
3C12
Valve type
3D
2D
3D2 2D2
3D3 2D3
3D4
3D40
3D5
3D60
3D7 2D7
3D8 2D8
3D9
3D10
3D11
3D12
Flow Rate
P
Pressure Drop
PSI
175
MPa
150
1.0
100
50
0
2
3
1.2
4
5
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
2B2
2B3
2B8
U.S.GPM
DMG-04
2B
DMT-10, 10X
Flow Rate
For DMT-03 , DMG-03 , DMG-06 , and DMG-10 , refer to the table below then see the related page.
Model Number
DMT-03
DMG-03
DMG-06
DMG-10
Page
Remarks
371
393
3D is same as 3C
393
433
69.7
(2.74)
-50/5080/5090
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
10
(.39)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
48.7
(1.92)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
Position #2
Position #3
25 (.98) Dia.
20
3 0
2 0
R94.5
(R3.72)
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
DMT-03-
-5090
3/8 NPT
27
(1.06)
-5080
39.7
(1.56)
21.8
(.86)
26.8
(1.06)
DMT-03-
46.3
(1.82)
-50
85.3
(3.36)
"C" Thd.
DMT-03-
139
(5.47)
Model Numbers
12
(.47)
30
2
(0.8)
DMT-03-
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
"h" Thd.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
DMT-06DMT-06X-
-3090
-3090
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
DMT-10DMT-10X-
-30
-30
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1-1/2
DMT-10DMT-10X-
DMT-10DMT-10X-
Model No.
K
L
N
Q
S
3/4 BSP.F
-3080
-3080 1 BSP.F
DMT-06DMT-06X-
-30
-30
R "e "
DMT-06DMT-06X-
Model Numbers
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"h" Thd.
4 Places
X Stroke
Dimension mm (Inches)
C
DMT-06
50
30
126 47.5 24
320
255
137 118 107 33.5 86
76
9
40
25
250
100 63.5 12 11 17.5
DMT-06X (1.97) (1.18) (4.96) (1.87) (.94) (12.60) (10.04) (5.39) (4.65) (4.21) (1.32) (3.39) (2.99) (.35) (1.57) (.98) (9.84) (3.94) (2.50) (.47) (.43) (.69)
DMT-10
66
40
160
62.5
33
402
320
173
147
135
40
102
90
12.5
50
35
300
120
78.5
15 13.5
21
DMT-10X (2.60) (1.57) (6.30) (2.46) (1.30) (15.83) (12.60) (6.81) (5.79) (5.31) (1.57) (4.02) (3.54) (.49) (1.97) (1.38) (11.81) (4.72) (3.09) (.59) (.53) (.83)
434
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DMG-01-
-10/1090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
5.5(.22) Dia. Through
9.5(.37) Dia. C' bore
4 Places
R49
(R1.93)
71
(2.80)
40.5
(1.59)
22(.87):3C
17(.67):3D ,2D ,2B
11
(.43)
27
15.5
(.61)
0.75
31
(1.22) (.03)
32.5
(1.28)
Position #3
27
Neutral Position #2
Position #1
26 (1.02) Dia.
38
(1.50)
50.5
(1.99)
39
(1.54)
25
(.98)
74
(2.91)
20 (.79) Dia.
65
(2.56)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
48
(1.89)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
435
DMG-03-
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
54
(2.13)
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
69.7
(2.74)
12
(.47)
48.7
50.8
(1.92)
(2.00)
108.5
(4.27)
193.8
(7.63)
Position #1
Position #2
Position #3
20
R94.5
(R3.72)
46.3
(1.82)
139
(5.47)
25 (.98) Dia.
27
(1.06)
2 (.08)
59
(2.32)
76.3
(3.00)
74.5
(2.93)
27
(1.06)
30
2 0
39.7
(1.56)
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable
sub-plate in page 373.
436
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DMG-04-
-21/2190
34.9
(1.37)
69.8
(2.75)
72.9
(2.87)
90
(3.54)
130
(5.12)
101.6
(4.00)
Position #2
32
(1.26)
40 (1.57) Dia.
30 (1.18)
50
(1.97)
Position #1
32
(1.26)
22.5
(.89)
232.5 (9.15)
202.5 (7.97)
R200
(R7.87)
1.5
(.06)
10.1
(.40)
Position #3
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 401.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
-50/5090
46.1
(1.81)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
95.8
(3.77)
Tank Port "T"
300.5
(11.83)
130.2
(5.13)
53.2
(2.09)
55.8
(2.20)
Position #3
57
(2.24)
77
(3.03)
260.5
(10.26)
Position #2
30 (1.18)
57
(2.24)
Position #1
13
(.51)
40 (1.57) Dia.
6
(.24)
116
(4.57)
40
47
(1.57) (1.85)
41
(1.61)
R200
(R7.87)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
30
(1.18)
103
(4.06)
32
(1.26)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DMG-06-
50
(1.97)
59.2
(2.33)
12.5
(.49)
156
(6.14)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 402.
437
DMG-10-
-50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Pressure Port "P"
79.4
(3.13)
158.8
(6.24)
198
(7.80)
Y P
146.5
(5.77)
453
(17.83)
190.5
(7.50)
76.2
(3.00)
19.6
(.77)
X A
94.5
114.3
(3.72) (4.50)
Cylinder Port "A"
Position #3
40 (1.57) Dia.
66.5
(2.62)
47.5
(1.87)
401
(15.79)
Position #2
36 (1.42)
105
105
(4.13) (4.13)
Position #1
Two Eye Bolts
M8
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
180
(7.09)
65
60
(2.56) (2.36)
6
(.24) 44.5 (1.75)
R300
(R11.81)
21.5
(.85)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
233.8
(9.20)
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 403.
438
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals
DMG-01-
-10/1090
14 13
12
18 10 17 15 16
21
22
25
24
20
19
Item
21
22
23
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P18
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P9
23
21 11
DMT-03DMG-03-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5090
20
28
26 17 25 11 13
14 29 30
10
27
13
24
23
22 15 16 12
Item
14
15
16
17
18
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P21
SO-NA-P8
SO-BB-P8
SO-NB-A023
SO-NB-A014
Qty.
2
2
2
1
5
21
18
Qty.
3
1
4
14
Section X-X
439
List of Seals
DMT-06, 06XDMT-10, 10X-
-30/3080/3090
-30/3080/3090
22
5
14
7 21 13 15
23 16
4 17
26 24
25
12
6
18
19
20
3
Name of Parts
24
25
Packing
Dust Seal
Part Numbers
DMT-06
UPI 32 40 6Y
DKI 32 44 7 10
DMT-10
UPI 40 55 10Y
DKI 40 52 7 10
Qty.
2
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
DMG-04DMG-06DMG-10-
-21/2190
-50/5090
-40/4090
28
26
22
10
23
33 36
17
33
7
31
22
8
15
28
Section A-A
24
21
11
29
32
30
25 29
20
Name of Parts
29
30
31
32
33
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
DMG-04
SO-NB-P34
SO-NB-P22A
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
Part Numbers
DMG-06
SO-NB-P40
SO-NB-P30
SO-NA-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P10
DMG-10
SO-NB-G65
SO-NB-P42
SO-NA-P25
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
Qty.
2
4
2
1
2
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table right.
440
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
DRT-02- D -20
Sub-plate Mounting
DRG-02- D -20
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
16 (4.2)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
DRG Type
3.4 (7.5)
DR
Special
Seals
Series
Connection
Type of
Mounting
F:
Special
seals for
phosphate
ester
type
fluids
(Omit if
not
required)
DR:
Rotary
Type
Directinal
Valve
-02
T:
Threaded
Connection
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
-2
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
Spool
Type
-A
-R
A:
Reversing
Dog
02
2
D:
No-spring
Detented
B:
Reversing
Dog &
Manual
C:
Manual
02
-20
Operation
Drain
Type
Connection
None:
Intrenal
Drain
R:
External
Drain
Design
Number
20
20
Design
Standards
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS"
80: European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
None: Japanese
Std. "JIS" &
European
Design Std.
90: N. American
Design Std.
Note: When selecting the Model type, be sure to give the model number from the following Graphic Symbols.
No combinations other than those in the table below are allowed.
Graphic Symbols
No. of Position
Operation
Type
2-Position Type
Reversing Dog
Operation
#1
Graphic
Symbols
Model No.
DR -02-2D2-A
3-Position Type
#3
#1
#3
DR -02-2D2-B
When a back pressure of more than 3 MPa (435 PSI) is generated in the tank port, be sure to use External Drain Type.
Manual
Operation
Manual
Operation
#1
#1
#3
DR -02-2D2-C
#2 #3
A
B
DR -02-3D4-C
Instructuions
Changeover Torque
When the pressure of pressure port "P" and cylinder port "A" (or "B") is set to 7 MPa
(1020 PSI), the valve changeover torque will be as right side table:
2-Way directional valves
Be sure to use the External Drain Type Valve of spool type "2" and plug the tank port.
Changeover Torque
Tank Port Back Pres.
Torque
MPa (PSI)
Nm (in. 1bs.)
0
1.0 (8.9)
3 (435)
4.8 (42.5)
441
Sub-plates
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Sub-plate
Thread
Model Numbers
Size
DRGM-02-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-20
Rc 3/8
DRGM-02-R-20
Rc 1/4
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 3/8
Drain
Connection
For Internal
Drain
For External
Drain
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
1.9 (4.2)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
The Sub-plate Mounting Type Valves (DRG-02) only are furnished with the following mounting bolts.
Socket Head Cap Screw (5 Pcs.)
Model
Numbers
DRG-02
1-3/4 Lg.
Pressure Drop
0.3
Viscosity
20
mm2/s 15
SSU
0.1
Factor
16 L /min
12
2
Flow Rate
U.S.GPM
56
(2.20)
30
(1.18)
90
100
Position #1
45
45
11 (.43) Dia.
Through
17.5 (.69)
C' bore
2 Places
2
R1 47)
.
(R
134(5.28)
110
(4.33)
"C" Thd.
4 Places
45
1.50)
R38(R
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
R105(R4.13)
R105(R4.13)
32(1.26)
30
Dia.
(1.18)
Position #1
Position #3
22.5
32(1.26)
Dia.
22.5
30
(1.18)
Position #1
442
80
Position #3
5.2(.20)
16(.63)
36
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/4
1/4 BSP.F
1/4 NPT
70
8(.31) Dia.
Model Numbers
DRT-02- D - -20
DRT-02- D - -2080
DRT-02- D - -2090
60
R38
(R1.50)
58.5
(2.30)
43
(1.69)
80(3.15) Dia.
76(2.99) Dia.
76.5
80(3.15) Dia.
36
50
2. For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
151.5
(5.96)
40
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
76.5
30
10
20
10
( 3. 0
94
)
1. For any other viscosity, multiply by the factors in the table below.
0.2
Valve
Type
2D2
3D4
10 26
(1.02)
40
MPa
50(1.97)
Dia.
Pressure Drop P
PSI
60
Position #3
22.5
22.5
Neutral Position #2
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
Type "A": Reversing Dog Operation
R38
33.4(1.31)
45
45
8(.31) Dia.
12(.47)
106(4.17)
Dia.
. 50
(R1
26
(1.02)
82.6(3.25) Dia.
Position #3
Position #1
50(1.97) Dia.
103.5
(4.07)
25
63
(2.48) (.98)
42
(1.65)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
For information on Type "B": reversing Dog and Manual Operation and Type "C": Manual Operation, see DRT-02 on the previous page.
"H" Dia.
"E" Thd.
16(.63) Deep
5 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
"D" Thd.
10 10
22.5
36
"C" Thd.
4 Places
22
(.87)
11.2
(.44)
82.6(3.25)
22.5
"F" Dia.
4 Places
25
(.98)
151
(5.94)
127
(5.00)
"C" Thd.
"D" Thd.
"E" Thd.
106(4.17)
mm (Inches)
F
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
M8
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-2080
DRGM-02X-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-2090
DRGM-02X-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-20
DRGM-02X-R-20
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
Rc 1/4
M8
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-R-2080
DRGM-02X-R-2080
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
M8
11.7 (.46)
11.7 (.46)
DRGM-02-R-2090
DRGM-02X-R-2090
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
5/16-18 UNC
11 (.43)
11 (.43)
DRGM-02-20
DRGM-02X-20
R12(R.47)
36
Remarks
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
62.7(2.47)
443
List of Seals
DRT-02- D - -20/2080/2090
16
17
10
11
7
12
5
15
3
14
1
13
2
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
15
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRT-02-20)
DRG-02- D - -20/2090
18
12
11
7
6
13
2
16
15
19
14
1
15
Item
444
17
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
Qty.
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G35
16
O-Ring
SO-NA-P16
17
O-Ring
SO-NB-P16
Remarks
Included in Seal Kit
(Kit No.: KS-DRG-02-20)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Cam Operated Directional Valves
These valves may be used to shift the direction of oil flow by depressing the spool by way of a cam.
Specifications
Threaded Connection
DCT-01-2B -40
DCT-03-2B -50
Max. Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Sub-plate Mounting
DCG-01-2B -40
DCG-03-2B -50
30 (7.9)
100 (26.4)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
21 (3050)
25 (3630)
Max. T-Line
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
7 (1020)
10 (1450)
DCG Type
1.1 (2.4)
3.8 (8.4)
Max. flow indicates the ceiling flow which does not affect the normal function (changeover) of valves.
DC
-01
-2
No. of
Series
Type of Valve
Valve
Number Connection Size
Position
DC:
Cam
Operated
Directional
Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
B:
Spring Offset
01
-R
Spool
Type
01
2
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
Spool-Spring
Arrangement
-40
None
Normal
Position
DC -01
only
40
50
3
40
Design
Standards
Design
Number
Roller Position
Mounting
Surface
50
03
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS"
80: European
Design Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
None: Japanese
Standard "JIS" &
European Design
Standard
90: N. American
Design Standard
Model Numbers
Sub-plates
Valve
Model
Numbers
DCG-01
DCG-03
Approx.
Mass
kg (1bs.)
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Thread
Size
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-41
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-41
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
DSGM-03Y-41
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
445
Mounting Bolts
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Socket Head Cap Screw
Model
Numbers
DCT-01
45 Lg.
DCG-01
M5
45 Lg.
DCG-03
M6
35 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
Tightening Torque
Nm (in. 1bs)
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
1-3/4 Lg.
1-1/2 Lg.
5-7
(43-60)
5-7
(43-60)
12-15 (105-130)
Model
Numbers
Graphic Symbols
Extended(Offset)
DCT -01-2B2
DCG
DCT -01-2B3
DCG
DCT -01-2B8
DCG
DCT -03-2B2
DCG
DCT -03-2B3
DCG
DCT -03-2B8
DCG
P
A
B
T
P
B
3 .8
(.150)
P
A
B
T
4.6
(.181)
9.5
(.374)
3 .8
(.150)
A
T
4.6
(.181)
P
B
A&T ports blocked
P
B
A
T
9.5
(.374)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
3 .8
(.150)
P
B
A
T
9.5
(.374)
B
T
P
A
3.4 3.8
(.134) (.150)
P
B
A
T
P
A
3 .0
(.118)
P
A
B&T ports blocked
7
(.276)
4.0
(.157)
7
(.276)
All ports
blocked
3 .6
(.142)
B
T
P
B
A&T ports blocked
4.7
(.185)
7
(.276)
Instructions
Valve Type "2B8"
Tank port "T" functions as a drain port. Directly connect it to the reservoir.
[Max. allowable back pressure 0.35 MPa (50 PSI)].
Actuation Force
Actuation Force
1bf
40
N
200
150
20
0
100
50
0
Force
0
0
2.5
500
5.0
7.5
1000
10
MPa
1500 PSI
446
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Pressure drop curves based on viscosity of 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU) and specific gravity of 0.850.
DCT
-01
DCG
MPa
1.2
Pressure Drop
PSI
150
0.8
100
Model Numbers
1
2
DCT-01-2B2
DCT-01-2B3
DCT-01-2B8
DCG-01-2B2
DCG-01-2B3
DCG-01-2B8
50
0.4
0
0
0
10
2
30 L /min
20
4
Flow Rate
2
2
2
2
8 U.S.GPM
DCT
-03
DCG
350
MPa
2.5
300
Pressure Drop
2.0
Model Numbers
250
200
150
DCG-03-2B2
DCG-03-2B3
DCG-03-2B8
1.5
5
6
4
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
20
40
10
60
80
15
20
Flow Rate
120 L /min
100
25
30
U.S.GPM
PSI
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/G) where, P is a value on the above chart and G is 0.850.
447
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
8.5
(.33)
40.5
(1.59)
29
(1.14)
19
(.75)
10.25
(.40)
22.25
(.88)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
9
(.35)
7.75
(.31)
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
53
38.5
(2.09)
(1.52)
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
17 (.67) Dia.Roller
Height of Cam
9.5(.37)
x.5
0
Max.
66 (2.60)
Position "Y"
24
(.94)
2
(.08)
Ma
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Normal Position
Cam
T
13.5
(.53)
Stroke
9.5
(.37)
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-01-2B - -40
DCT-01-2B - -4080
DCT-01-2B - -4090
65
(2.56)
Note: When mounting the valve, be sure to use two mounting holes marked with
2
(.08)
10
(.39)
54
(2.13)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Height of Cam
7 (.28)
Ma x
.50
2
(.08)
27
(1.06)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Fully Extended
73.3 (2.89)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
Cam
7
(.28)
26.8
(1.06)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
85.3
(3.36)
21.8
(.86)
19
(.75)
448
6
(.24)
18 (.71) Dia.Roller
12
(.47)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
"C" Thd.
Rc 1/8
1/8 BSP.F
1/8 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
Cylinder Port "A"
"C" Thd.
Depressed
92
(3.62)
Depressed
8.2 (.32)
Max. Stroke
Extended
(Offset)
Model Numbers
DCT-03-2B - -50
DCT-03-2B - -5080
DCT-03-2B - -5090
"C" Thd.
Rc 3/8
3/8 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DCG-01-2B - - 40/4090
40.5
(1.59)
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
48
(1.89)
55.8
(2.20)
8.5
(.33)
15.5
(.61)
0.75
(.03)
7.75
(.31)
35.5
(1.40)
28.5
(1.12)
53
(2.09)
Fully Extended
110 (4.33)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
65
(2.56)
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-01 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DCG-03-2B - - 50/5090
12
(.47)
54
(2.13)
73.3
50.8
(2.89)
(2.00)
Fully Extended
158.6 (6.24)
27
(1.06)
35.3
(1.39)
59
(2.32)
6
(.24)
2
(.08)
32.5
(1.28)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
56.8
(2.24)
50
(1.97)
46.2
(1.82)
2
(.08)
13.5
(.53)
25
(.98)
38
(1.50)
49
(1.93)
4
(.16)
Normal Position
3
(.12)
Position "Y"
19
(.75)
92
(3.62)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
. Although the tank port is shown on the left in our sub-plate, either may be used.
Note1: For the cam and roller travel, see DCT-03 in the previous page.
Note2: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of
the sharable sub-plate in page 373.
449
List of Seals
DCT-01-2B - -40/4080/4090
DCG-01-2B - -40/4090
12
16 13
14
15
14
Quantity
Item
Name of Parts
DCT-01
DCG-01
13
O-Ring
SO-NA-P5
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
DCT-03-2B - -50/5080/5090
DCG-03-2B - -50/5090
16
20
19
17
21
15
23
22
13
18
12 8
14
11
10
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
11
O-Ring
Quantity
DCT-03
DCG-03
SO-NB-P21
2
1
12
O-Ring
SO-NA-P6
13
Back Up Ring
SO-BE-P6
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-A014
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
450
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Valve Type
Graphic Symbols
B
b
a
P
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
31.5
(4570)
Maximum Flow
5
10
10
20
50
100
200
500 1000
L/min
453
DSLG01
25
(3630)
A
U. S. GPM
100
200
DSLHG04
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
T
50
Page
1
DSLHG06
459
DSLHG10
21
(3050)
Solenoid Operated
Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
.5
CDSC01
CDSC03
480
Y
14
(2030)
CDST03
CDSG03
DSPC01
Shut-off Type Solenoid
Operated Directional
Valves
25
(3630)
DSPG01
489
DSPC03
DSPG03
451
Mounting Surface
Mounting surfacedimensions conform to ISO standard discribed in below table.
Name
Model Number
Multi Purpose
Control Cavles
DSPG-01
ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
DSPG-03
ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPC-01
DSPC-03
DSLHG-04
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-06
ISO 4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-10
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
Model Numbers
Name
New
Current
Multi Purpose
Control Valves
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type
Two-Way Valves
Shut-offf Type Solenoid
Operated Directional Valves
Mtg. Interchangeability
Page
Main changes
DSLHG-04- - -12
DSLHG-06- - -12
DSLHG-10- - -12
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -13
Yes
Yes
488
The change of
solenoid ratings.
Yes
The change of
solenoid.
Solenoid
Solenoid connector (DIN connector)
The solenoid connector is in accordance with the
international standard ISO 4400 (Fluidpower System
and components-Three-Pin electrical plug connectorsCharacteristics and requirements.).
AC Solenoid
50-60 Hz common service solenoids do not require rewiring when the applied frequency is changed.
DC Solenoid (
-series Solenoid)
452
Insulation Class
DSLG-01
DSLHG-04/06/10
CDSC-01
CDS -03
DSP -01/03
Class H
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max.
Operating
Pressure
L /min
MPa
(PSI)
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Flow
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
{Cycles/Min}
Internal leakage
Approx.
Mass
cm /min
(cu. in./min)
Graphic
Symbols
kg
(lbs.)
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11
16
(4.2)
31.5
(4570)
16
(2320)
240
Or Less
0.5 1
(.03)
1.9
(4.2)
b
P
Or Less
1 2
(.06)
DSLG-01-4-O- -N-11
1. This is the leakage towards "T" port in A port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
2. This is the leakage towards "T" port in AB port block at "P" port pressure 14 MPa (2030 PSI).
3.7
(8.2)
T
A
No Leak
Sheet type seal has been adopted and internal leak is greatly reduced.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil
Type
DC
(K Series)
D12
D24
R100
R200
AC DC
Rectified
Frequency
(Hz)
50/60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source
Rating
12
24
100
200
Serviceable
Range
10.8
21.6
90
180
13.2
26.4
110
220
Holding
(A)
2.45
1.23
0.33
0.16
Power
(W)
29
29
453
DSLG
-01
-4
Valve
Size
Special Seals
Series Number
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSLG :
Poppet Type
Solenoid Operated
Directional Valve
(Sub-plate Mtg.)
-O
Number
of Port
3: 3 Port
01
4: 4 Port
-D24
-N
-11
Function
Coil Type
Type of Electrical
Conduit Connection
Design
Number
O:
Normally Open
C:
Normally Closed
DC
D12, D24
N:
Plug-in Connector
11
O:
Normally Open
AC DC
R100
R200
Design
Standards
Refer to
Design Standards: None ........... Japanese Standard "JIS" and European Design Standard
90 ............... N. American Design Standard
Sub-plate
European Design Std.
Piping
Size
1/8
1/4
3/8
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model No.
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
DSGM-01X-31
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 1/8
Rc 1/4
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01-3180
DSGM-01X-3180
1/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
DSGM-01X-3190
DSGM-01Y-3190
1/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
0.8 (1.8)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Descriptions
Japanese Standard "JIS"
European Design Standard
N. American Design Standard
45 Lg.
1-3/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm (44-62 in. lbs.)
[Applicable to working pressure more than
25 MPa (3630 PSI) : 6-7 Nm (53-62 in. lbs.)]
Instructions
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Solenoid Shifting
On double solenoid valves do not energise both at the
same time.
Valve Tank Port
Avoid connecting the valve tank port to a line with
possible surge pressure.
Operating Force by Manual Actuator
Take care as the operating force by the manual actuator
increases in proportion to the tank line back pressure.
(See the graph right.)
454
Operating force
Mounting
No mounting restrictions for any models.
lbs.
30
N
150
20
100
10
50
0
0
1.0
100
2.0
200
300
3.0
400
4.0 MPa
500
PSI
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 35 mm2 /s (164 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
4 P o r t V a lv e
PSI
350
3 P o r t V a lv e
MPa
2.5
PSI
350
2.0
300
P
200
1.5
Pressure Drop
Pressure Drop
b
P
b
P
2.0
300
MPa
2.5
1.0
P A
P B
100
0.5
0
200
1.5
1.0
P A
100
A T
B T
10
0.5
0
0
15 16 L /min
A T
U.S.GPM
10
Flow rate
1516 L /min
U.S.GPM
Flow rate
Viscosity
mm2/s
SSU
Factor
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
77
98
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time varies according to hydraulic circuit of the model actually used and conditions. An example of
measurement is given in the figure below.
Test Circuit and Conditions
Result of Measurement
(AC
(DC Solenoid)
ON
Current
Waveform
DC Rectified)
Current
Waveform
ON
OFF
OFF
T1
T1
T2
Pressure Waveform
T2
Pressure Waveform
Note: Alternate long and short dash lines in the pressure waveform figures indicate the
waveforms for Normally Closed Type 3 Port Valves.
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Presssure Detector
Solenoid
Type
DC
AC DC
Rectified
Model Numbers
DSLG-01-4-O-D
DSLG-01-3-O-D
DSLG-01-3-C-D
DSLG-01-4-O-R
DSLG-01-3-O-R
DSLG-01-3-C-R
Time (ms)
T1
T2
30
55
55
30
70
25
55
150
150
55
70
150
Remarks
4 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally closed
4 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally open
3 port valve, normally closed
455
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
4 Port Valve
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
31
(1.22)
32.5
(1.28)
0.75
(.03)
40.5
(1.59)
263
(10.35)
96.5
(3.80)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8-10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2
(.0023 Sq. in.)
48
(1.89)
F
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
60
(2.36)
SOL b
32
(1.26)
38
(1.50)
SOL a
62.3
(2.45)
53.5
(2.11)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque:
10.3 - 11.3 Nm
(90 - 100 IN. lbs.)
37.5
(1.48)
118
(4.65)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6 (.24) Dia.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
DSLG-01-4-O-D -N
108
64
39
27.5
(4.25) (2.52) (1.54) (1.08)
DSLG-01-4-O-R -N
111
57.2
51
34
(4.37) (2.25) (2.01) (1.34)
456
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AB-03-4-A
3 Port Valves
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
N o r m a lly O p e n T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-O- -N-11/1190
Cylinder Port "A"
Cylinder Port "A"
31
22.5
(.89)
Cable Departure
151.5
(5.96)
29.5
(1.16)
151.5
(5.96)
72.5
(2.85)
C
SOL a
28
(1.10)
28
(1.10)
70
(2.76)
38
(1.50)
52
(2.05)
55.1
(2.17)
SOL b
55.1
(2.17)
52
(2.05)
38
(1.50)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Cable Departure
13.5
(.53)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
70
(2.76)
13.5
(.53)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
DSLG-01-3- -D -N
104
(4.09)
64
(2.52)
39
(1.54)
DSLG-01-3- -R -N
107
(4.21)
57.2
(2.25)
51
(2.01)
32.5
(1.28)
40.5
(1.59)
0.75
(.03)
86
(3.39)
(1.22)
40.5
(1.59)
(1.22)
0.75
(.03)
32.5
(1.28)
31
N o r m a lly C lo s e d T y p e :
DSLG-01-3-C- -N-11/1190
Cable departure position can be changed. See "4 Port Valves" in the previous page for the details.
Note: For the valve mounting surface dimensions, see the dimensional drawing of the sharable sub-plate in page 356.
457
23
28
21
20
24 21 23 25 11 12 13
14 16 15 19
3 Port Valve
8
10
25 28
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
Part Numbers
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
25
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P5
2705-VK414322-8
SO-NB-P18
Quantity
4 Port Valve 3 Port Valve
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
458
21 Coil No.
DSLG-01- - -D12-N-11
SD1L-12-N-20
C-SD1-12-N-60
DSLG-01- - -D24-N-11
SD1L-24-N-20
C-SD1-24-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R100-N-11
SD1L-100-N-20
C-SR1-100-N-60
DSLG-01- - -R200-N-11
SD1L-200-N-20
C-SR1-200-N-60
27 Connector No.
28 Connector No.
GDM-211-A-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-A-10
GDME-211-R-B-10
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Features
Multi-purpose control valves
The valves combine three functions of directional control, flow control
and of pilot operated check valve (or counterbalance valve). The valves
contribute for reducing a number of valves in applications and space for
installation and then eventually leads to reduction in size and cost of your
machines.
E
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Orifice
By selecting proper diameter of orifice
for pilot, the open/close timing of the
flow passage can be set freely.
Pilot Selector Valve
Section Y-Y
Section X-X
A
P
Main Valve
Spring
Seat
459
Specifications
Max. Flow
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1DSLHG-04-2DSLHG-04-3DSLHG-04-4
DSLHG-04-5
DSLHG-06-1DSLHG-06-2DSLHG-06-3DSLHG-06-4
DSLHG-06-5
DSLHG-10-1DSLHG-10-2DSLHG-10-3DSLHG-10-4
DSLHG-10-5
-13
-13
-13
- - -13
- - -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
-13
-13
-13
- -13
- -13
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Max. Pilot
Pressure
Max. T-Line
Back Pres.
MPa (PSI)
MPa (PSI)
Pressure Adj.
Range of
Counterbalance
MPa (PSI)
Direction &
Flow Control
150 (39.6)
Pressure
Control
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
150 {100}
(39.6 {26.4})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
300 (79.3)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
300 {200}
(79.3 {52.8})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
500 (132)
1:1
24:1
1:1
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
16 (2320)
500 {300}
(132 {79.3})
Refer to Model
No. Designation
1:1
24:1
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
15
15
19
20
22.5
26.5
26.5
28
31
34.5
59
59
62
63.5
67
(33)
(33)
(42)
(44)
(50)
(59)
(59)
(62)
(68)
(76)
(130)
(130)
(137)
(140)
(148)
In case of counterbalance function line, maximum flow is limited to the values in brackets.
Solenoid Ratings
Refer to Pilot Valve (DSG-01 Series Solenoid Operated Directional Valve) Solenoid Ratings on page 345.
DSLH
Series
Number
G
Type of
Mounting
-04
-4
Valve
Size
Type of
Pilot
Control
04
DSLH:
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
06
-B
Counterbalance
Function
1
2
3
4
5
F:
For phosphate
ester type fluids
(Omit if not
required)
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
1
1- 7 (
- 1020)
B:
H : 6 - 25 (870 - 3630)
1
2
3
4
5
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
None:
- 25 (
- 3630)
None:
- 25 (
- 3630)
1
2
3
10
4
A : AT Line
W : AT & BT Lines
5
See page 462 for functions
and purpose of use.
1. See "Min. Adjustment Pressure", page 464, for information on minimum adjustment pressure.
460
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Japanese Standard "JIS"
Valve
Model
Numbers
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSLHG-04
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
DHGM-04-20
DHGM-04X-20
Rc 1/2
Rc 3/4
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
DHGM-04-2080
DHGM-04X-2080
1/2 BSP.F
3/4 BSP.F
DSLHG-06
DHGM-06-50
DHGM-06X-50
Rc 3/4
Rc 1
3/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
DSLHG-10
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
1/2 NPT
3/4 NPT
4.4 (9.7)
4.1 (9.0)
3/4 NPT
1 NPT
7.4 (16.3)
7.4 (16.3)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above.
When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should have a good machined finish.
These sub-plates are sharable with those for DSHG Series Solenoid Controlled Pilot Operated Directional Valve. For dimensions,
see pages 401 to 403.
Mounting Bolts
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
DSLHG-04
DSLHG-06
DSLHG-10
-E
Pilot
Connection
None:
Internal Pilot
E:
External Pilot
Qty.
Tightening Torque
Nm (In. lbs.)
M6 40 Lg.
M10 45 Lg.
M12 60 Lg.
M20 75 Lg.
2
4
6
6
12-15 (106-133)
58-72 (513-637)
100-123 (885-1089)
473-585 (4186-5177)
-A100
2
Drain
Connection
None:
External
Drain
T:
Internal
Drain
Coil
Type
AC :
A100
A120
A200
A240
DC:
D12
D24
D48
R:
(AC DC)
R100
R200
-C
-N
-13
Manual
Override
Electrical
Conduit
Connection
Design
Number
13
None:
Manual
Override
Pin
C:
Push
Button &
Lock Nut
(Options)
None:
Terminal
Box Type
Model
Numbers
Design Standards
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS"
90:
N.American Design Std.
13
N:
Plug-in
Connector
Type
None:
Japanese Std. "JIS" &
European Design Std.
13
90:
N.American Design Std.
The coil type numbers in the shaded column are handled as optional extras.
In case these coils are required to be chosen, please confirm the time of
delivery with us before ordering.
461
Type of
Model
Pilot
No.
Control
DSLHG- -1
Type "1"
Graphic Symbols
Directional Control
Flow Control
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
Pressure
Control
Purpose of Use
#1
#2 #3
A B
PT
Position #1
DSLHG- -2
Type "2"
SOL a
SOL b
P
A
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
DSLHG- -3
Both Metre-in
and Metre-out
are possible
PT
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
T
DSLHG- -4A
SOL a
SOL b
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
#1
#2 #3
A B
DSLHG- -4W
SOL a
SOL b
#2 #3
Used to control the back
pressure of the actuator.
B
Directional
Control
P
#1
#2 #3 #4
A B
Type "5"
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
P
DSLHG- -5A
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Directional
Control
Directional
Control
A
Directional
Control
P
PT
Position #1
Type "4"
PT
Position #1 #2 #3 #4
a
SOL a
SOL b
DSLHG- -5W
ON OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF ON ON
Directional
Control
P
462
Directional
Control
Type "3"
ON OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
Directional
Control
#2 #3
Directional
Control
P
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Instructions
Pilot Pressure
Pilot pressure of external pilot drain models must always exceed the pressure of the main pressure port "P ".
Pilot Drain Port
Avoid connecting the pilot drain port to a line with possible surge pressure.
Drain Connection when with Counterbalance Function
When a valve having counterbalance function is used with internal drain type, the counterbalance pilot valve is subjected
to pressure fluctuation and the pressure setting becomes unstable. For this reason, be sure to use external drain type
valve.
Flow Adjustment
To perform the flow adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the flow adjustment screw clockwise to decrease the
flow. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
Minimum controlled flow at the time of metre-out control is limited (this does not happen during metre-in control) as
shown in the figure below only in the case of pilot control types "2" (DSLHG- -2) and "4A" (DSLHG- -4A).
Min. Controlled Flow for Types "2" and "4A" at The Time of Metre-out Control
U.S.GPM
L/min
15
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-06-2
E
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Pressure Adjustment
To perform the pressure adjustment, loosen the lock nut, then turn the pressure adjustment screw clockwise to increase
the pressure. Be sure to re-tighten the lock nut after the adjustment.
10
DSLHG-04-4A
5
1
0
0
0
0
8
1000
12
16
2000
20
24
MPa
Differential Pressure
463
Pressure Drop
125
0.8
P A, P B
100
75
50
25
0
PSI
0.6
0.4
0.2
A T, B T
0
0 20
0
125
75
50
25
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
P A
0.8
P B
100
D S L H G -0 6
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
D S L H G -0 4
MPa
1.0
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI
0.6
A T
0.4
0.2
B T
0
0
50
10
100
150
200
250
100
75
P A, P B
0.6
0.4
25
0.2
B T
0.8
50
L /min
300
A T
0
0
U.S.GPM
20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Flow Rate
125
D S L H G -1 0
MPa
1.0
100
20
200
40
Flow Rate
300
60
400
500
L /min
80
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
mm2/s
SSU
Viscosity
Factor
15
20
30
77
98
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P'= P (G'/0.850)
L /min
150
D S L H G -0 6
P: Differential Pres.
U.S.GPM
80
L /min
300
D S L H G -1 0
U.S.GPM L /min
500
130
120
P: Differential Pres.
140
70
250
120
20
15
10
5
60
100
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
80
P=14(2030)
60
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
30
25
Flow Rate
35
P=7(1020)
40
150
P=MPa(PSI)
P=7(1020)
P=3(440)
40
100
P=1.0(145)
0
0
P=7(1020)
Fully
Closed
P=1.0(145)
0
0
P=14
(2030)
300
200
P=3(440)
50
400
60
20
P=14(2030)
30
10
P=1.0(145)
Fully
Closed
P=MPa(PSI)
P=21(3050)
20
40
200
80
100
P=3(440)
20
50
100
P: Differential Pres.
P=21
(3050)
Fully
Closed
200
150
MPa
1.5
PSI
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
25
5
50
10
15
Flow Rate
464
PSI
4
5
75
20
100 L /min
25
U.S.GPM
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
DSLHG-10PSI
DSLHG-04-
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
150
40
200 L /min
50
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
200
150
MPa
1.5
4
5
1.0
100
0.5
50
0
0
0
0
100
20
300 L /min
200
40
Flow Rate
60
80 U.S.GPM
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04- 1 - -13/1390
2
DSLHG-04-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
Fully Extended 277(10.91)
69.9
(2.75)
90
(3.54)
SOL b
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing left.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- - -13
DSLHG-04- - -1390
31
(1.22)
"PA"
"PB"
27
(1.06)
4
(.16)
41
(1.61)
"PB"
73
(2.87)
193.5 (7.62)
240.5 (9.46)
258.8 (10.19)
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL a
SOL a
"AT"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DEC.
DSLHG-04-4W- - -13/1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DSLHG-04-4A- - -13/1390
69.9
(2.75)
35(1.38)
50
(1.97)
SOL b
3
(.12)
1.6
(.06)
216.5 (8.52)
263.5 (10.37)
281.8 (11.09)
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
278.8 (10.98)
260.5 (10.26)
140 (5.51)
"BT"
213.5 (8.41)
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended 283.3(11.15)
DSLHG-04-5W- - -13/1390
3
(.12)
DSLHG-04-5A- - -13/1390
SOL a
SOL b
DEC.
"PB"
"PA"
136(5.35)
326.8 (12.87)
308.5 (12.15)
"BT"
"AT"
261.5 (10.30)
"PB"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 2 " drawing above.
SOL b
SOL a
73
(2.87)
SOL b
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
465
1
DSLHG-04- 2 - -N-13/1390
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
35(1.38)
1.6
(.06)
50
(1.97)
69.9
(2.75)
71.5
(2.81)
90(3.54)
: 50.7(2.00)
AC
SOL b
41
Lock Nut
17(.67) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
31
(1.22)
"PB"
"PA"
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
3(.12) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
4
(.16)
"AT"
(1.61)
73(2.87)
"BT"
193.5(7.62)
SOL a
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
DEC.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04- -A -N
DSLHG-04- -D -N
DSLHG-04- -R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 258.5(10.18) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 269.5(10.61) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 272.5(10.73) 34 (1.34)
DSLHG-04-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL a
216.5
(8.52)
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
DSLHG-04-3-A -N
53 (2.09)
281.5 (11.08)
64 (2.52)
DSLHG-04-3-D -N
292.5 (11.52)
57.2 (2.25)
DSLHG-04-3-R -N
299.5 (11.63)
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-04- 1 - -N" drawing above.
2
Model Numbers
466
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AD-07-4-A
DSLHG-04-4A- - -N-13/1390
"BT"
"AT"
"AT"
213.5
(8.41)
"BT"
140
(5.51)
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-4W- -R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
278.5 (10.96)
64 (2.52)
289.5 (11.40)
57.2 (2.25)
292.5 (11.52)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-04-5W- - -N-13/1390
E
Multi Purpose Control Valves
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
"PB"
"PA"
"PB"
73
(2.87)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
SOL b
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
DSLHG-04-5A- - -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
5(.20) Hex. Soc.
INC.
261.5
(10.30)
"BT"
"AT"
136
(5.35)
"PB"
"PA"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Fully Extended
96(3.78)
Fully Extended
283.3(11.15)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-5W- -A -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -D -N
DSLHG-04-5W- -R -N
Fully Extended
277(10.91)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
326.5 (12.85)
64 (2.52)
337.5 (13.28)
57.2 (2.25)
340.5 (13.41)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-04- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
467
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
: 196.4(7.73)
95(3.74)
SOL a
"AT"
"PA"
46
(1.81)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
"PB"
Manual
Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
SOL b
27
(1.06)
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
218.5 (8.60)
265.5 (10.45)
283.8 (11.17)
53
(2.09)
SOL a
SOL b
99(3.90)
306.8 (12.08)
77
(3.03)
3
(.12)
92.1
(3.63)
118
(4.65)
46.1
(1.81)
288.5 (11.36)
Fully Extended
130.2
(5.13)
97.8(3.85)
53.2
(2.09)
241.5 (9.51)
DSLHG-06-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06-2 "
drawing left.
"BT"
"AT"
Model Numbers
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
DSLHG-06- - -13
DSLHG-06- - -1390 1/2 NPT
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"PB"
"PA"
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DSLHG-06-4W- -13/1390
DSLHG-06-4A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
165 (6.50)
241.5 (9.51)
"AT"
288.5 (11.36)
306.8 (12.08)
SOL a
"BT"
"AT"
"BT"
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
DSLHG-06-5W- -13/1390
3
(.12)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
"PA"
361.8 (14.24)
343.5 (13.52)
296.5 (11.67)
165(6.50)
"AT"
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 " drawing above.
468
DSLHG-06-5A- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
SOL b
"BT"
DEC.
"PB"
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
DC/R :204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02)
C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. ......... 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area .... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 sq. In)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
50
(1.97)
90(3.54)
"PB"
"PA"
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06- -A -N
DSLHG-06- -D -N
DSLHG-06- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
41
6
(.24) (1.61)
"BT"
DEC. "AT"
27
(1.06)
E
218.5 (8.60)
SOL b
SOL a
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 283.5 (11.16) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 294.5 (11.59) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 297.5 (11.71) 34 (1.34)
E
Multi Purpose Control Valves
46.1
77
(3.03)
(1.81)
92.1(3.63)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-06-3- -N-13/1390
99(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
"BT"
"AT"
"PA"
SOL a
241.5(9.51)
SOL b
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-3-A -N
DSLHG-06-3-D -N
DSLHG-06-3-R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-06- 2 - -N" drawing above.
469
Mounting Surface:
ISO4401-AE-08-4-A
DSLHG-06-4A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-4W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
SOL b
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"AT"
241.5
(9.51)
E
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PA"
SOL b
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
DEC.
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
306.5 (12.07)
64 (2.52)
317.5 (12.50)
320.5 (12.62)
57.2 (2.25)
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-4W-A -N
DSLHG-06-4W-D -N
DSLHG-06-4W-R -N
DSLHG-06-5W- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-06-5A- -N-13/1390
3
(.12)
99(3.90)
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
53
(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL b
SOL b
SOL a
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
296.5
(11.67)
"BT"
"AT"
"AT"
165
(6.50)
Lock Nut
19(.75) Hex.
Flow Adj. Screw
6(.24) Hex. Soc.
"PB"
"BT"
"PB"
"PA"
DEC. "PA"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-06-5W-A -N
DSLHG-06-5W-D -N
DSLHG-06-5W-R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
361.5 (14.23)
64 (2.52)
372.5 (14.67)
375.5 (14.78)
57.2 (2.25)
470
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-3- -13/1390
Pressure Port "P"
114.3
(4.50)
SOL b
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
46
(1.81)
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10- - -13
DSLHG-10- - -1390
"C" Thd.
G 1/2
1/2 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
DSLHG-10-4A- -13/1390
DSLHG-10-4W- -13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
27
(1.06)
45
(1.77)
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
350.8 (13.81)
"BT"
"AT"
332.5 (13.09)
SOL b
285.5 (11.24)
DEC.
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex.
SOL a
"AT"
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
Electrical Conduit Connection
AC : 196.4(7.73)
"C " Thd. (Both Ends)
95(3.74)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
SOL a
373.8 (14.72)
99(3.90)
3
(.12) 53(2.09)
198(7.80)
79.4
(3.23)
158.8(6.25)
190.5(7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2(3.00)
308.5 (12.15)
355.5 (14.00)
Fully Extended
"PB"
DEC.
"PA"
308.5 (12.15)
232 (9.13)
"BT"
373.8 (14.72)
SOL b
355.5 (14.00)
SOL a
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
"AT"
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
Lock Nut 19(.75) Hex.
SOL b
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
DSLHG-10-5W- -13/1390
"PB"
DSLHG-10-5A- -13/1390
3 99(3.90)
(.12) 53(2.09)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
DEC.
"PA"
428.8 (16.88)
"BT"
410.5 (16.16)
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
SOL a
232(9.13)
SOL b
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
1
For other dimensions, see "DSLHG-10-2 " drawing above.
471
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10- 1 - -N-13/1390
2
190.5 (7.50)
106.7(4.20) 76.2
(3.00)
79.4
(3.23)
158.8
(6.25)
198
(7.80)
114.3
(4.50)
DC/R : 54.7(2.15)
AC : 50.7(2.00)
F
D
DC/R : 204.4(8.05)
AC : 196.4(7.73)
102
(4.02) C
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia. . . . . . . 8 - 10 mm (.31 - .39 in.)
Conductor Area . . . Not Exceeding 1.5 mm2 (.0023 sq. in.)
SOL a
SOL b
72
(2.83)
132(5.20)
"PB"
"PA"
45
(1.77)
"BT"
"AT"
DSLHG-10- -A -N
DSLHG-10- -D -N
DSLHG-10- -R -N
6(.24) Dia.
Two Locating Pins
6
(.24)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Model Numbers
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
DEC.
285.5(11.24)
27
(1.06)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
C
D
E
F
39 (1.54) 53 (2.09) 350.5 (13.80) 27.5 (1.08)
39 (1.54) 64 (2.52) 361.5 (14.23) 27.5 (1.08)
53 (2.09) 57.2 (2.25) 364.5 (14.35) 34 (1.34)
Position of cable departure can be changed. For the details, refer to DSLHG-04 valve on page 466.
DSLHG-10-3- -N-13/1390
99
(3.90)
53
(2.09)
3
(.12)
SOL b
"BT"
"AT"
308.5 (12.15)
SOL a
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-3-A -N
DSLHG-10-3-D -N
DSLHG-10-3-R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)
472
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface:
ISO 4401-AF-10-4-A
DSLHG-10-4A- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
SOL a
SOL b
"BT"
SOL b
232 (9.13)
"AT"
308.5 (12.15)
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC. "AT"
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-4W-A -N
DSLHG-10-4W-D -N
DSLHG-10-4W-R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
373.5 (14.70)
64 (2.52)
384.5 (15.14)
57.2 (2.25)
387.5 (15.26)
E
Multi Purpose Control Valves
"PB"
DEC.
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DSLHG-10-5A- -N-13/1390
DSLHG-10-5W- -N-13/1390
Fully Extended
309(12.17)
3
(.12)
99
(3.90)
154.5(6.08)
Fully Extended
53
(2.09)
SOL b
SOL a
"AT"
"BT"
232 (9.13)
"PA"
SOL a
"AT"
SOL b
363.5 (14.31)
Counterbalance Pressure
Adj. Screw
14(.55) Hex.
INC.
"BT"
"PA"
"PB"
"PB"
Model Numbers
DSLHG-10-5W-A -N
DSLHG-10-5W-D -N
DSLHG-10-5W-R -N
Dimensions mm (Inches)
D
E
53 (2.09)
428.5 (16.87)
64 (2.52)
439.5 (17.30)
442.5 (17.42)
57.2 (2.25)
1
For other dimensions, see DSLHG-10- 2 - -N on the previous page.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
473
List of Seals for Main Valve, Pilot Selector Valve and Orifice
DSLHG-04/06/10- 1 - -13/1390
2
26 27 14 25
13
ifi
Or
o
ef
T
rA
ifi
Or
13
f
ce
A
rP
14
SOL a
12
SOL b
i fi
Or
24
13
Section Y-Y
o
ef
rB
ifi
Or
o
ef
rP
13
Section Z-Z
21
23
22
10
23
9 20 18 15
4 16 11 17
2 19
DSLHG-04/06/10-3- -13/1390
SOL b
SOL a
26
24
Name of Parts
15
16
17
18
19
20
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
DSLHG-04 DSLHG-06
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P22 SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P8
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P8
SO-BB-P10
Qty.
4
4
2
4
4
4
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
24
Pilot Selector Valve
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-1
DSLHG-04-2
DSLHG-04-3
DSLHG-06-1
DSLHG-06-2
DSLHG-06-3
DSLHG-10-1
DSLHG-10-2
DSLHG-10-3
CG-04-1-10
CG-04-2-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-1-10
CG-06-2-10
CG-06-3-10
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed on
page 478.
Item 13 Orifice
The timing of flow path opening/closing can be adjusted as required by
selecting the appropriate pilot orifice diameter. When the diameter of
the orifice is to be changed, another orifice should be ordered. Standard
built-in orifice diameters and selectable orifice diameters are listed in
the table below.
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Orifice Type
TP-OPT-1/16 x d
Orifice Diameter "d" mm
Model Numbers Standard
Max. Dia. at Pressure
Selectable
Built-in
over 20 MPa(2900 PSI)
DSLHG-04
1.0
0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0
1.2
DSLHG-06
1.2
1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8
2.0, 2.5
DSLHG-10
1.4
1.4
474
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals for Main Valves and Pilot Selector Valve
DSLHG-04/06/10-4W- -12/1290
13
PB
BT
13
31
rif
i
O
ce
fo
r
ce
fo
r
rif
i
ce
fo
r
25
13
31
Section W-W
28
Z
Section Z-Z
30
30
29
16
12
19
11
21 3 10 15 18 17 14 22 20 27 23 6
DSLHG-04/06/10-4A- -12/1290
5A
7 19 24 26 3
13
O
rif
i
O
ri f
i
ce
fo
r
AT
PA
36 37 33 32
DSLHG-04/06/10-5W- -12/1290
36
32 24 26
34
35
32
9 19
7 11 12
Name of Parts
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
DSLHG-04
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P14
SO-NB-P9
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P8
Part Numbers
DSLHG-06
SO-NB-G30
SO-NB-P30
SO-NB-P22
SO-NB-P20
SO-NB-P14
SO-NA-P10
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P10
Qty.
4
4
2(1)
2(1)
2
2(3)
4
2(3)
Pilot Valve
Refer to page 478 for Pilot Valve Model Numbers.
Multi-Purpose
Control Valve
Model Numbers
DSLHG-04-4ADSLHG-04-4WDSLHG-04-5ADSLHG-04-5WDSLHG-06-4A
DSLHG-06-4W
DSLHG-06-5A
DSLHG-06-5W
DSLHG-10-4A
DSLHG-10-4W
DSLHG-10-5A
DSLHG-10-5W
Item 32
CG-04-4A- -10
CG-04-4W- -10
CG-04-5A- -10
CG-04-5W- -10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-06-4A-10
CG-06-4W-10
CG-06-5A-10
CG-06-5W-10
CG-04-3-10
CG-06-3-10
CG-06-3-10
13
Orifice.
475
X
12
1 15
6 14
8 13 10 17
Section X-X
CG-04/06-2-10
X
X
3 16 11
4 12 1
15
7 14
6 13 10 17
Section X-X
CG-04/06-3-10
X
X
4 11 16
3 14
8 13 10 18 12
1 15
6 14
Section X-X
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
Name of Parts
14
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
SO-NB-P8
Quantity
CG-04-1 CG-04-2 CG-04-3
5
5
3
8
7
7
2
2
1
1
Quantity
CG-06-1 CG-06-2 CG-06-3
SO-NB-P10
3
5
5
SO-NB-P9
8
7
7
SO-NB-P8
2
2
SO-NB-A014
1
1
Part Nmbers
Note: When ordering the o-rings, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
476
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals (Pilot Selector Valves)
CG-04/06-4W-10
Y
30 28 19
20 24
25
13
12 17
29 23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
10 12
26 27 22 11 32
31
26 16
14 18
21 15
CG-04/06-4A-10
CG-04/06-5A-10
1
21 15 14 16 26 13 12
CG-04/06-5W-10
Y
30
28
19
20
24
25
18
17
29
23
9
8
Section Y-Y
7
5
32
31
List of Seals
CG-06
CG-04
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
Part Numbers
SO-NB-P12
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P6
SO-NB-P8
SO-BB-P6
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Part Nmbers
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P11
SO-NB-P10
SO-NB-P8
SO-NA-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-BB-P9
-4W2
2
3
2
2
8
2
Quantity
-4A- -5W1
2
2
1
4
2
1
2
8
8
2
1
-5A1
1
1
8
1
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number listed in page 478.
477
Complete Kit
For Pilot
Selector Valves
DSLHG-04-1- - -13
DSLHG-04-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-1- -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -13
DSLHG-04-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-2- -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -13
DSLHG-04-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-3- -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4A- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4A- -13
KS-CG-04-4A-10
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-4W- - - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-4W- -13
KS-CG-04-4W-10
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5A- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5A- -13
KS-CG-04-5A-10
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -13
DSLHG-04-5W- - - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-04-5W- -13
KS-CG-04-5W-10
DSLHG-06-1- - -13
DSLHG-06-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-06-2- - -13
DSLHG-06-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-06-3- - -13
DSLHG-06-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-06-4A- - -13
DSLHG-06-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-06-4W- - -13
DSLHG-06-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-06-5A- - -13
DSLHG-06-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-06-5W- - -13
DSLHG-06-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-06-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
DSLHG-10-1- - -13
DSLHG-10-1- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-1- -13
KS-CG-06-1-10
DSLHG-10-2- - -13
DSLHG-10-2- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-2- -13
KS-CG-06-2-10
DSLHG-10-3- - -13
DSLHG-10-3- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-3- -13
KS-CG-06-3-10
DSLHG-10-4A- - -13
DSLHG-10-4A- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4A- -13
KS-CG-06-4A-10
DSLHG-10-4W- - -13
DSLHG-10-4W- - -1390
DSG-01-3C9- - -70
DSG-01-3C9- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-4W- -13
KS-CG-06-4W-10
DSLHG-10-5A- - -13
DSLHG-10-5A- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5A- -13
KS-CG-06-5A-10
DSLHG-10-5W- - -13
DSLHG-10-5W- - -1390
DSG-01-2B2- - -70
DSG-01-2B2- - -7090
KS-DSLHG-10-5W- -13
KS-CG-06-5W-10
KS-CG-04-1-10
KS-CG-04-2-10
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(1 Set Req'd)
KS-DSG-01- -70
(2 Set Req'd)
Note 1: Fill coil type (a symbol representing current/voltage) in section marked . Likewise, in section marked , fill a symbol representing the
type of electrical conduit connection (None: Terminal Box Type, N: Plug-in Connector Type).
2: A complete seal kit is composed of seal kit for pilot selector valve, seal kit for pilot valve and seal for main valve.
See pages 474 and 475 for information on the seals for main valve.
3: See page 344 for the detailed information on the pilot valves.
478
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
How to Change Pilot & Drain Connection
Pilot Connectio n and Drain Connectio n can be change d easily with a disconnection/connectio n of pilot plug. The
following drawings give illustrations of External Pilot-External Drain Type, When changing to Internal Pilot-Internal
Drain Type, the following procedure may be followed.
External Pilot
I n t e r n a l P ilo t
(See Section E-E)
External Drain
I n t e r n a l D r a in
(See Section D-D)
Pipe Plug 3
SOL a
SOL b
Pipe Plug 1
DSLHG-04
E
D
DSLHG-06/10
Pipe Plug 2 for
Pilot Connection
Selection
Pipe Plug 1
SOL b
SOL a
D
E
Thread "Y"
479
Specifications
Model Numbers
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
CDSC-03-C- -21
CDST- 03W
03 -C- -21
CDSG-03-C- -21
15 (4.0)
50 (13.2)
14 (2030)
or less
0.25 (.015)
or less
0.25 (.015)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
0.35 (.8)
240
AC: 300
DC: 240
R: 120
0.5 (1.1)
0.85 (1.9)
0.85 (1.9)
1. The maximum flow means the limited flow without inducing any abnormality to the operation
(changeover) of the valve.
2. When the valve is operated at 18.5 Mpa (2680 PSI) or higher pressure, continuous energies time is
restricted with Max. 30 min., and also the energies ratio less than 90 %.
Solenoid Ratings
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
A120
AC
A200
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC
Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50/60
Voltage (V)
Source Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 100
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
200
160 - 220
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
12
10.8 - 13.2
24
21.6 - 26.4
48
43.2 - 52.8
100
90 - 110
200
180 - 220
Graphic Symbol
X
Instructions
Direction of flow when the
solenoid is energised
These valves do not allow flow from
Y to X when the solenoid is energised.
Mounting
There are no mounting restrictions
for any models.
CD S
-03
F:
CDS:
Special seals
Solenoid
for phosphate Operated
ester type
Poppet
fluids
Type
(Omit if not
Two-Way
required)
Valves
-D1 2
Valve Type
01
C: Cartridge
Type
Coil Type
DC D24
03
T: Threaded
Connection
G: Gasket
Mounting
-C
Valve Size
C:
AC
03W (Piping Size 1/4) Normally
DC
03 (Piping Size 3/8) Closed
AC
03
A100, A120
A200, A240
D12, D24, D100
DC Rectified
R100, R200
-21
Design Number
Design Standard
10
21
21
21
Mounting Bolts
Mounting bolt in the table below is attached only for Gasket mounting type valve (CDSG-03).
Socket Head Cap Screws (2pcs.)
Valve Model Numbers
CDSG-03
480
60 Lg.
2-1/4Lg.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
CDSC-01
PSI
MPa
1.5
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
150
1.0
Y
Viscosity
100
SSU
77
Factor
0.5
50
0
mm2/s 15
5
0
15 L/min
10
2
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0.84 0.91 1.00 1.07 1.14 1.19 1.24 1.28 1.32 1.35
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained
from the formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Y
X
20
98
4 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
CDSC-03
CDST-03
CDSG-03
CDST-03W
PSI
MPa
1.6
1.2
150
100
50
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
X
0
200
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
200
MPa
1.6
0
0
0
10
20
30
6
40
1.2
100
50
0
50 L /min
0.8
Y
Y
0.4
0
0
12 13 U.S.GPM
10
150
10
30
20
4
40
10
50 L /min
12 13 U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
Note: Measuring has been made for the CDSC-03 (Cartridge type) when it is equipped with the same body
as the threaded connections and the gasket mounting type.
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
Viscosity
mm2/s 15
SSU
Factor
77
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
98
0.81 0.87 0.96 1.03 1.09 1.14 1.19 1.23 1.27 1.30
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be obtained from the
formula below.
P' = P (G'/0.850)
Changeover Time
Changeover time, T2 and T4, in particular, varies according to the hydraulic circuit and operating conditions. As an
example, the following figures show how the measurement is made.
Test Circuit
Pressure Detector
Model
Number
Solenoid
Types
CDSC-01
DC
AC
CDS -03
Result of measurement
T4
T1
DC
AC DC
Rectified
Pressure Drop P
200
T3
P
T2
SOL
ON
Time
OFF
481
5
(.20)
CDSC-01-C-D24-10/1090
AWG 18
140
(5.51)
65 (2.56)
25.5(1.00)
48
(1.89)
19(.75)
14 0.1
(.55) (.004)
M20 1 Thd.
MODEL
CDSC-01-C-D24-10
DC24V
38(1.50) Dia.
Coil
30
(1.18)
12(.47) Dia.
VOLTAGE
24(.94)
Dia.
14.5(.57)
Across Flats
25
(.98)
24
(.94)
10(.39)
55
(2.17)
24(.94) Dia.
Nut
Tightening torque
: 3.9 - 5.9 Nm (35 - 52 IN. lbs)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Details of Mounting Holes
Min. 27(1.063)
19.6(.772)
19.4(.764)
1.5(.059)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
Min.
12(.472)
2.9(.114)
2.5(.098)
15
20
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
Dia.
19(.75)
Dia.
30(1.18) Dia.
1.6
45
3.2
1.6
Port "X"
R0.1 - 0.3(R.004 - .012)
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236) Dia.
Port "Y"
12.027(.4735)
12.000(.4724)
Dia.
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed:
1. Loosen the nut , then remove the coil.
2. Thread the cartridge, making sure that the collar 24 (.94) Dia. of
the cartridge is well fitted to the component surface ( surface
in the left drawing).
3. Attach the coil and secure it with a nut.
M20 1 Thd.
16
(.630)
0.1(.004)
Dia.
Note: The fitting portion of o-rings should have a good machined finish.
482
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
CDSC-03-C-A -21/2190
Models with AC Solenoids
29(1.14)
Dia.
40
(1.57)
44
(1.73)
27
(1.06)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia ................ 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area .......... Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
27.5
(1.08)
20
(.79)
88.2
(3.47)
39
24 17.7
(1.54)
(.94) (.70)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P12
16(.63) Dia.
48
(1.89)
Coil
31.5
(1.24)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P26
69
(2.72)
86
(3.39)
54
(2.13)
19
(.75)
M30
1.5 Thd.
35(1.38)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Details of Mounting Holes
32.9(1.295)
Dia.
15 32.7(1.287)
A
R 0.2
(R .008)
45
18
(.71)
14
(.55) 3.5
(.14)
1.5 Thd.
20
Max.
14 (.55)
Dia.
1
(.04)
24.6(.969)
24.4(.961)
M30
How to Mount
28.4 (1.12)
Dia.
E
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
"Y"
"X"
16.027(.6310)
Dia.
16.000(.6299)
Note: The fitting portion of O-rings should have a good machined finish.
483
CDSC-03-C-D -21/2190
Models with DC Solenoids
47.5
(1.87)
22
(.87)
24.5
(.96)
18.7
(.74)
39
(1.54)
27.5
(1.08)
Three positions of cable departure
are available in 90 increments.
Nut
Tightening Torque
: 10.3-11.3 Nm (91-100 in. 1bs.)
75.2
(2.96)
100.5
(3.96)
64
(2.52)
15
(.59)
31.5
(1.24)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CDSC-03-C-R -21/2190
Models with R Type Solenoids
31.5
(1.24)
18.7
(.74)
Coil
47(1.85)
Dia.
484
75.2
(2.96)
53
(2.09)
24.5
(.96)
52
(2.05)
103.5
(4.07)
57.2
(2.25)
15
(.59)
34
(1.34)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
CDST-03, 03W-C- -21/2180/2190
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
91
Space Needed to Remove Coil
(3.58)
54
25
(2.13)
(.98)
18
(.71)
37
(1.46)
37.2
(1.46)
37.2
(1.46)
75.2
(2.96)
75.2
(2.96)
39
(1.54)
53
(2.09)
52
(2.05)
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
Free Flow
Inlet Port "Y"
39
(1.54)
118.5
(4.67)
Mounting Surface
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
25
(.98)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
1
(.04)
Free Flow
Outlet Port "X"
91
(3.58)
54
(2.13)
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia .............. 8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area ........ Not Exceeding 1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
7.5
(.30)
E
Solenoid Operated Poppet Type Two-Way Valves
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
50
(1.97)
45
(1.77)
60
(2.36)
7.5
(.30)
Model Numbers
"A" Thd.
CDST-03W-C- -21
Rc 1/4
CDST-03-C- -21
Rc 3/8
CDST-03W-C- -2180 1/4 BSP.F
CDST-03-C- -2180
3/8 BSP.F
CDST-03W-C- -2190 1/4 NPT
CDST-03-C- -2190
3/8 NPT
52
(2.05)
49.5
(1.95)
19 18.5
(.75) (.73)
106.2
(4.18)
36.2
(1.43)
118.5
(4.67)
69
(2.72)
39
(1.54)
48
(1.89)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Note 1: For models with DC solenoids and models with R type solenoids, refer to CDST-03, 03W.
2: The position of cable departure can be changed. For the detail, refer to CDSC-03 on the previous page.
485
Item
6
10
11
12
13
14
7 12 6
Name of Parts
Coil Ass'y
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
4 10 11 14 2
Part Numbers
2697-VK317470-3
TK280163-7
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P16
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-A014
13
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number.
486
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals, Solenoid Ass'y, Coil Ass'y and Connector Ass'y
CDST-03 -C- -21/2180/2190
CDSC-03-C- -21/2190
CDSG-03-C- -21/2190
12
13 11
10 14
List of Seals
Item
9
10
11
14
Name of Parts
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Qty.
Remarks
1
1
1
2 only for CDSG
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number
from the table right.
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-03
-C-A100
-C-A120
-C-A200
-C-A240
-C-D12
-C-D24
-C-D48
-C-R100
-C-R200
Coil No.
C-CSA1-100-20
C-CSA1-120-20
C-CSA1-200-20
C-CSA1-240-20
C-SD1-12-50
C-SD1-24-50
C-SD1-48-50
C-SR1-100-50
C-SR1-200-50
12
GDM-211-B-11
GDM-211-B-11
GDME-211-R-B-10
487
Coil Type
Voltage (V)
Source
Serviceable
Rating
Range
100
80 - 110
100
90 - 120
110
96 - 132
120
108 - 144
160 - 220
200
200
180 - 240
220
192 - 264
240
216 - 288
10.8 - 13.2
12
21.6 - 26.4
24
43.2 - 52.8
48
90 - 110
100
200
180 - 220
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
50
60
50
A120
AC
A200
60
50
60
A240
DC
(K Series)
AC DC Rectified
D12
D24
D48
R100
R200
50/60
Interchangeability in Installation
AC Solenoids
Most items of mounting are interchangeable except the dimensions as shown below. In addition, the size of the spanner
(core end faces) for locking the CDSC cartridges has been changed to 15-19 mm across flats.
New: Design 21
86
(3.39)
20
54
(.79)
(2.13)
17.7(.70)
18.7(.74)
69
(2.72)
23.6
(.93)
52(2.05)
75.2
(2.96)
88
(3.46)
52.2
(2.06)
48(1.89)
Current: Design 20
A
A
Body
Body
New: Design 21
DC: 99.4(3.91)
R : 103(4.06)
24
(.94)
48(1.89)
Dia.
DC: 64(2.52)
R : 57.2(2.25)
DC:100.5(3.96)
R :103.5(4.07)
24.5
(.96)
Body
Body
Note: The above drawings give illustrations for the cartridge type. The dimension A at the mounting section remains
unchanged. In case of the Thread Connection Type and Gasket Mounting Type, a body is mounted to the hatched section.
The dimensions of the body remain unchanged.
488
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
E
Port
"2"
Graphic Symbol
2
Specifications
Max. Operating Pressure
1
Max. Flow
L /min
(U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Port "1"
"1" to "2"
Flow
DSPC-01-C- -20
3
4
DSPG-01-C- -20
DSPC-03-C- -10
DSPG-03-C- -10
"2" to "1"
Flow
Port
"2"
40
(10.6)
10 (1450)
80
(21.1)
16 (2320)
Approx.
Mass
kg(1bs.)
Max.
Changeover
Frequency
min-1
(Cycles/Min)
Internal
leakage
cm3/min
(cu.in./min)
300
or Less
0.25 (.015)
240
or Less
0.25 (.015)
0.9 (2.0)
1.0 (2.2)
3.8 (8.4)
3.9 (8.6)
25 (3630)
AC
DC
Shut-off Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
Port
"1"
1. Maximum flow rates depend on operating conditions. For details, see page 491.
2. Do not connect port "1" to a line subjected to surge pressures. In addition, if you use port "1" for tank line, be sure to keep the end of the
line in the oil.
3. Protections against dust and water conform to the international electric standard (IEC) PUBL 529 IP64.
4. In the case of "DSPC-01-C-D ", use iron material for installation body (cabity).
489
DSP
Special Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve Size
C:
Cartridge Type
01
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
DSP:
Shut-Off Type
Solenoid
Operated
Directional
Valves
-01
-C
Valve Type
-D24
-20
Coil Type
Design
Number
AC
A 100
A 200
20
DC
D12
D24
10
C:
Normally
Closed
Design Standard
Solenoid Ratings
Voltage (V)
Electric
Source
Coil Type
Frequency
(Hz)
50
A100
60
AC
50
A200
2
DC
(K Series)
60
Source
Rating
Serviceable
Range
100
80 - 110
100
110
200
200
220
Inrush (A)
90 - 120
160 - 220
180 - 240
Holding (A)
01
03
01
03
2.42
5.37
0.51
0.90
2.14
4.57
0.37
0.63
2.35
5.03
0.44
0.77
1.21
2.69
0.25
0.45
1.07
2.29
0.19
0.31
1.18
2.52
0.22
0.38
D12
12
10.8 - 13.2
2.45
3.16
D24
24
21.6 - 26.4
1.23
1.57
Power (W)
01
03
29
38
1. Inrush current in the above table show rms values at maximum stroke.
2. K-Series DC Solenoid which has a reputation for excellent DC control is employed.
Sub-plate
Model
Numbers
DSPG-01
DSPG-03
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
DSGM-01-31
Rc 1/8
DSGM-01-3180
1/8 BSP.F
DSGM-01-3190
1/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01X-31
Rc 1/4
DSGM-01X-3180
1/4 BSP.F
DSGM-01X-3190
1/4 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-01Y-31
Rc 3/8
DSGM-01Y-3190
3/8 NPT
0.8 (1.8)
DSGM-03-40
Rc 3/8
DSGM-03-2180
3/8 BSP.F
DSGM-03-2190
3/8 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03X-40
Rc 1/2
DSGM-03X-2180
1/2 BSP.F
DSGM-03X-2190
1/2 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
DSGM-03Y-40
Rc 3/4
DSGM-03Y-2180
3/4 BSP.F
DSGM-03Y-2190
3/4 NPT
4.7 (10.4)
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface should
have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
Four socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Valve Model Numbers
DSPG-01
Descriptions
Japanese Standard "JIS" and
European Design Standard
N. American Design Standard
DSPG-03
490
50 Lg.
2 Lg.
80 Lg.
1/4-20 UNC
3-1/4 Lg.
Tightening Torque
5-7 Nm
(44 -62 in. 1bs.)
12-15 Nm
(106 -133 in. 1bs.)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Typical Performance Characteristics at Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU) [ISO VG 46 oils, 50C(122F)]
The zone under each shaded line denotes the flow rate ranges being free of
trouble in changeover.
DSPC/DSPG-01
40
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
30
100 %V
(50, 60 Hz)
80 %V
(50 Hz)
20
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
ON
100 %V
30
Solenoid
6
OFF
OFF
Poppet Shift
20
Max.
90 %V
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
90 %V
(60 Hz)
10
Direction
of flow
"2" "1"
10
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
T1
T2
10
Model Numbers
0
5
0
10
1000
15
25 MPa
20
2000
PSI
3000
Pressure
5
0
10
1000
15
20
2000
MPa
25
PSI
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-03
15
100
100
Direction
of flow
20
"2" "1"
80
60
10
40
20
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
5
0
10
1000
15
25MPa
20
2000
3000
Pressure
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A
22
30
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D
69
14
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A
22
20
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D
60
80
25
Flow Rate
Flow Rate
20
T2
T1
15
80
Direction of flow
"1" "2"
60
10
40
20
PSI
5
0
1000
10
15
25 MPa
20
2000
3000
PSI
Pressure
Pressure Drop
DSPC/DSPG-03
DSPC/DSPG-01
PSI
MPa
PSI
2.5
350
400
2.0
350
Pressure Drop
1.5
200
MPa
3.0
DSPG
300
Pressure Drop
E
Shut-off Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
[Test Conditions]
1.0
DSPC
100
0.5
300
DSPG
2.0
250
200
150
DSPC
1.0
100
50
10
20
40 L /min
30
Viscosity
mm /s 15
Factor
SSU
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
20
0
10 U.S.GPM
6
8
Flow Rate
For any other viscosity, multiply the factors in the table below.
0
40
10
60
15
80 L /min
20
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
100
For any other specific gravity (G'), the pressure drop ( P') may be
obtained from the formula below.
P' = P(G'/0.850)
491
47
(1.85)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
4.5
Conductor Area
(.18)
.....Not Exceeding
1.5m m 2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
20
(.79)
53
(2.09)
85
(3.35)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
22
(.87)
Nut
1
2
93.7
(3.69)
0.3
30.2
(.01) (1.19)
39
16
14.5
(1.54) (.63)
(.57)
10
(.39)
M20
16.85(.6634)
16.82(.6622)
Dia.
DSPC-01-C- -20/2090
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
O-Ring
SO-NB-A015
Port "2"
4
(.16)
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
103
(4.06)
72.5
(2.85)
24
(.94)
64
(2.52)
100
(3.94)
47.5
(1.87)
48(1.89) Dia.
6.2(.244)
6.0(.236)
Dia.
18.6(.732)
Dia.
18.5(.728)
45
1.6
Port "2"
0.1(.004) A
Dia.
M20
492
1.5 Thd.
Port "1"
Min.
14.5(.571)
Max.
20.5(.807)
17.027(.6703)
17.000(.6693)
Dia.
33(1.30)
Dia.
22.7(.893)
22.6(.890)
1 .6
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Min.
30.5(1.201)
22.7(.893)
22.3(.878)
21.4(.842)
21.0(.827)
Min.
14.5(.571)
0.3(.012) 2.9(.114)
0.2(.008) 2.5(.098)
30
3.2
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
15
6.3
How to Mount
When mounting, the following steps must be followed.
1. Loosen the coil fastening the nut and remove the coil.
2. Making use of the core tightening end, screw the
cartridge in.
3. Attach the coil and fix it with the nut.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface: ISO 7789 27-01-0-93
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2(.0023 Sq. in.)
69.5
(2.74)
27.5
(1.08)
27
(1.06)
61.8
(2.43)
100.8
(3.97)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
5
(.20)
118.3
(4.66)
0.3
46
(.01)
(1.81)
39
16
(1.54) (.63)
22
(.87)
19.5
(.77)
Port "1"
4
(.16)
32
(1.26)
Port "2"
22.85(.8996)
22.82(.8984)
Dia.
24.95(.98)
Dia.
DSPC-03-C- -10/1090
Nut
O -Ring
SO-NB-A119
O-Ring
SO-NB-A018
M27
2 Thd.
141.3
(5.56)
34.5
(1.36)
73.8
(2.91)
120.3
(4.74)
95
(3.74)
69(2.72) Dia.
45
25.1(.988)
25.0(.984)
0
-2
3.2
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Port "1"
1.6
A
0.05(.002) A
Dia.
M27
2 Thd.
Min.
22(.866)
Max.
35(1.378)
How to Mount
23.033(.9068)
23.000(.9055)
Dia.
36(1.42)
Dia.
29.5(1.161)
29.4(1.158)
1.6
15
R 0.1-0.3
(R .004-.012)
0.3(.012)
0.2(.008)
46.9(1.846)
46.5(1.831)
37.6(1.480)
37.2(1.465)
35.9(1.413)
35.5(1.398)
Min.
22(.866)
3.5(.138)
3.1(.122)
30
6.3
Shut-off Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
1. Tightening torque for iron core assembly: 110-140 Nm (970-1240 IN. lbs.)
2. Tightening torque for nuts: 8.5-10.5 Nm (75-93 IN. lbs.)
Port "2"
493
DSPG-01-C- -20/2090
Models with AC Solenoids
65
(2.56)
40.5
(1.59)
11
(.43)
Port "2"
48
(1.89)
32.5
(1.28)
31
(1.22)
7.75
(.31)
0.75
(.03)
Port "1"
2
74.2
(2.92)
27
39
(1.06) (1.54)
25
(.98)
49
(1.93)
43
(1.69)
90
(3.54)
53
(2.09)
27.5
(1.08)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
..... 8-10 mm(.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
..... Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 10.3-11.3 Nm
(91-100 IN. 1bs.)
22
(.87)
Manual Actuator
6(.24) Dia.
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (2) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The mounting dimensions conform to ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A. Ports A and B are used as ports "2" and "1" respectively.
4. O-rings for ports: SO-NB-P9
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
137.5
(5.41)
64
(2.52)
27.5
(1.08)
25
(.98)
101
(3.98)
27
(1.06)
83.5
(3.29)
39
(1.54)
22
(.87)
494
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Mounting Surface: ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A
DSPG-03-C- -10/1090
Models with AC Solenoids
Port "1"
12
(.47)
46
(1.81)
70
(2.76)
Port "2"
92
(3.62)
19
54
(.75) (2.13)
164
(6.46)
91
(3.58)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
Manual Actuator
6.3(.25) Dia.
32
(1.26)
Mounting Surface 3
(O-Rings Furnished)
Lock Nut
Tightening Torque: 8.5-10.5 Nm
(75-93 IN. 1bs.)
1. The location and the position of the cable departure can be changed. For details, see the cartridge type.
2. These ports (3) are not used. In addition, the body has the O-ring grooves and O-rings are included in the body.
3. The dimensions of mounting surface conform to ISO 4401-AC-05-4-A. Ports A and B are used as port 2 and port 1 respectively.
4. O-rings for each port: SO-NB-A014
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
Shut-off Type
Solenoid Operated Directional Valves
69
(2.72)
70
(2.76)
109.3
(4.30)
61.8
(2.43)
27.5
(1.08)
35.5
(1.40)
Cable Departure
Cable Applicable:
Outside Dia.
.....8-10 mm (.31-.39 in.) Dia.
Conductor Area
.....Not Exceeding
1.5mm2 (.0023 Sq. in.)
114
(4.49)
39
35
(1.54) (1.38)
121.3
(4.78)
35.5
(1.40)
73.8
(2.91)
27.5
(1.08)
32
(1.26)
495
13
16 8 17 10 2
18 12 11 7
9 15 3
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
DSP -01
Part Numbers
Qty.
8
9
10
15
16
17
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
O-Ring
Back Up Ring
SO-NA-P8
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A015
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P18
5701-VK413831-9
1
1
1
4
1
2
DSP -03
Part Numbers
SO-NA-P12
SO-NB-A017
SO-NB-A018
SO-NB-A014
SO-NB-A119
2691-VK418550-0
Qty.
1
1
1
5
1
2
Remarks
Note: When ordering the seals, specify the seal kit number from the table below.
496
12 Coil No.
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A100-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-A200-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D12-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-01-C-D24-20/2090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A100-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-A200-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D12-10/1090
DSPC/DSPG-03-C-D24-10/1090
SA1-100-N-6055
SA1-200-N-6055
SD1-12-N-6055
SD1-24-N-6055
SA3-100-N-5130
SA3-200-N-5130
SD3-12-N-5130
SD3-24-N-5130
C-SA1-100-N-60
C-SA1-200-N-60
C-SD1-12-N-60
C-SD1-24-N-60
C-SA3-100-N-50
C-SA3-200-N-50
C-SD3-12-N-50
C-SD3-24-N-50
13 Connector No.
GDM-211-B-11
Valve Type
Graphic
Symbols
Max.
Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
.3
1
.5
In-Line
(CIT)
Check Valves
25
(3630)
Right Angle
(CRT/CRG)
2
5
10
20
10
20
50
100 200
02
03
06
10
03
06
Pilot Operated
Check Valves
25
(3630)
50
Threaded Connection(CP T)
Sub-plate Mounting(CP G) 03
Flanged Connection(CP F)
U.S.GPM
500 1000
Page
498
10
10
06
100 200
16
24
10
504
10
16
497
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25
(3630)
0.04 (6)
0.35 (50)
0.5 (70)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.1 (.22)
CIT-02- -50/5080/5090
16 (4.23)
CIT-03- -50/5080/5090
30 (7.93)
CIT-06- -50/5080/5090
85 (22.5)
CIT-10- -50/5080/5090
230 (60.8)
0.3 (.66)
0.8 (1.8)
2.3 (5.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
-03
-04
-50
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
CI:
In-Line
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
02
Design
Standards
50
04: 0.04 (6)
35: 0.35 (50)
50: 0.5 (70)
03
06
50
50
10
50
Note: For In-Line Check Valves, standard type (for petroleum base oils) can be used phosphate ester type fluid.
CIT-02CIT-03CIT-06CIT-10-
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
-50/5080/5090
"D" Thd.
2 Places
Inlet Port
Outlet Port
FREE
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
B
CIT-02- -50
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
Rc 1/4
CIT-02- -5080
65 (2.56)
22 (.87)
1/4 BSP.F
CIT-02- -5090
58 (2.28)
19 (.75)
1/4 NPT
CIT-03- -50
76 (2.99)
CIT-03- -5080
83 (3.27)
27 (1.06)
3/8 BSP.F
CIT-03- -5090
76 (2.99)
CIT-06- -50
95 (3.74)
CIT-06- -5080
102 (4.02)
CIT-06- -5090
95 (3.74)
Rc 3/8
3/8 NPT
Rc 3/4
41 (1.61)
CIT-10- -5080
CIT-10- -5090
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
CIT-10- -50
498
"D" Thd.
133(5.24)
60 (2.36)
1-1/4 BSP.F
1-1/4 NPT
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30 mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-02-50
CIT-02-35
0.4
40
20
0
0.2
CIT-02-04
0
0
0
10
15
3
4
Flow Rate
20
25
6
L/min
U.S.GPM
CIT-03
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-03-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-03-35
0.2
CIT-03-04
0
0
0
10
20
30
6
40 L/min
10
U.S.GPM
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop P
CIT-06
PSI MPa
0.7
100
0.6
80
60
CIT-06-50
0.4
CIT-06-35
40
20
0
Pressure Drop P
CIT-02
0.2
CIT-06-04
0
0
25
75
50
10
125
100
30
20
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CIT-10
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
100
0.7
0.6
80
60
CIT-10-50
0.4
40
20
0
CIT-10-35
0.2
CIT-10-04
0
0
0
50
100
20
150
200
250
60
40
Flow Rate
300
L/min
80 U.S.GPM
499
Specifications
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
40 (10.6)
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
125 (33)
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
250 (66)
CRG-03- -50/5090
40 (10.6)
CRG-06- -50/5090
125 (33)
CRG-10- -50/5090
250 (66)
Type of Connection
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
25 (3630)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04 (6)
0.9 (2.0)
0.35 (50)
1.7 (3.7)
0.5 (70)
5.6 (12.3)
0.04 (6)
1.7 (3.7)
0.35 (50)
2.9 (6.4)
0.5 (70)
5.5 (12.1)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
CR
-03
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Cracking Pressure
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
50
06
50
10
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
50
06
50
10
50
F:
Special seals
for phosphate
ester type
fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CR:
Right Angle
Check Valve
Design
Standards
None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
80: European Design Std.
90: N. American Design Std.
None: Japanese Std. "JIS"
& European Design Std.
90: N. American Design Std.
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
CRGM-03-50
Rc 3/8
CRGM-03-5080
CRGM-03X-50
Rc 1/2
CRGM-03X-5080
CRGM-06-50
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06-5080
Thread
Size
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
3/8 BSP.F
CRGM-03-5090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-03X-5090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
CRGM-06-5090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
CRGM-10-50
Rc 1-1/4
CRGM-10-5080
1-1/4 BSP.F
CRGM-10-5090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
CRGM-10X-50
Rc 1-1/2
CRGM-10X-5080
1-1/2 BSP.F
CRGM-10X-5090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
CRGM-06X-50
Rc 1
CRGM-06X-5080
1 BSP.F
CRGM-06X-5090
Sub-plates are available. Specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mounting surface
should have a good machined finish.
Mounting Bolts
500
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
CRF-10- -50
300 (79.3)
CRF-16- -50
600 (159)
CRF-24- -50
1300 (343)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
Valve
Model
Numbers
CRG-03
M10
45 Lg.
CRG-06
M10
50 Lg.
CRG-10
M10
55 Lg.
Qty.
1-3/4 Lg.
2 Lg.
2-1/4 Lg.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
CRT-03- -50/5080/5090
CRT-06- -50/5080/5090
CRT-10- -50/5080/5090
Dimensions mm (Inches)
Model Numbers
"H" Thd.
Rc 3/8
38
62
36
80.5 33
44
(1.50)
3/8 BSP.F
(2.44) (1.42)
(3.17) (1.30) (1.73)
Dia
3/8 NPT
CRT-03- -5090
CRT-03- -50
"H" Thd.
2 Places
CRT-03- -5080
Rc 3/4
54
45
104.5 49
54
74
(2.13)
3/4 BSP.F
CRT-06- -5080
(4.11) (1.93) (2.13)
(2.91) (1.77)
Dia.
3/4 NPT
CRT-06- -5090
CRT-06- -50
Outlet Port
CRT-10- -5080
CRG-03- -50/5090
CRG-06- -50/5090
Outlet Port
6
(.24)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Inlet Port
B
A
Model Numbers
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
A
Mounting Surface
CRG-03
90
66.7
(3.54) (2.63)
11.7
72
42.9
(.46) (2.83) (1.69)
17.5 72.5
30
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
(.69) (2.85) (1.18)
CRG-06
102
79.4
(4.02) (3.13)
11.3
93
60.3
(.44) (3.66) (2.37)
21.4 84.5
35
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
(.84) (3.33) (1.38)
Mounting surface: ISO 5781-AJ-10-2-A
CRG-10- -50/5090
Outlet Port
Inlet Port
20.3 (.80)
96.8
(3.81)
120
(4.72)
6
(.24)
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
123
(4.84)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
97
(3.82)
11.6
(.46)
Inlet Port
Rc 1-1/4
80
107
65
130
65
80
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
(4.21) (2.56)
(5.12) (2.56) (3.15)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CRT-10- -5090
CRT-10- -50
40
(1.57)
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
501
Sub-plate
CRGM-03-50/5080/5090
CRGM-03X-50/5080/5090
13(.51) Dia.
2 Places
"B" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
CRGM-06-50/5080/5090
CRGM-06X-50/5080/5090
11.3
(.44)
90
(3.54)
79.4(3.13)
22
(.87)
60.3
(2.37)
49.2
(1.94)
44.5
(1.75)
39.7
(1.56)
124
(4.88)
77
(3.03)
"H" Thd.
27
(1.06)
36
(1.42)
110
(4.33)
"J" Thd.
16
(.63)
80 (3.15) 24 (.94)
45
(1.77)
130
(5.12)
28(1.10) Dia.
2 Places
116(4.57)
9.6(.38)
96.8
(3.81)
48.4
(1.91)
21
D (.83)
C
126(4.96)
11.6
(.46)
120
(4.72)
19
(.75)
16.7
(.66)
84.1
(3.31)
67.5
(2.66)
62.7
(2.47)
42.1
(1.66)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
12(.47)
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
6 Places
CRGM-10-50
Thread Size
F
"H" Thd.
Rc 1-1/4
12
(.47)
96
(3.78)
30
(1.18)
45
(1.77)
CRGM-10-5090
CRGM-10X-50
135
1-1/4 BSP.F
(5.31)
1-1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/2
177
(6.97)
3/8-16 UNC
140(5.51)
Dimensions mm (Inches)
150
(5.91)
M10
1 BSP.F
1 NPT
3/8-16 UNC
Rc 1
136
(5.35)
M10
3/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
"H" Thd.
2 Places
502
1/2 NPT
Thread Size
E
CRGM-10X-5090
CRGM-03X-5090
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
10
(.39)
CRGM-10-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-50/5080/5090
CRGM-10X-5080
1/2 BSP.F
Rc 3/4
CRGM-06X-5090
CRGM-10-5080
CRGM-03X-5080
Dimensions mm (Inches)
A
CRGM-06X-50
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Rc 1/2
15
(.59)
CRGM-06-5090
CRGM-06X-5080
3/8 NPT
CRGM-03X-50
CRGM-06-50
CRGM-06-5080
CRGM-03-5090
11.1
(.44)
"H" Thd.
2 Places
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
3/8 BSP.F
22(.87) Dia.
2 Places
"J" Thd.
20(.79) Deep
4 Places
102(4.02)
25.5
(1.00)
104
(4.09)
22
(.87)
Rc 3/8
"B" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
"A" Thd.
2 Places
Thread Size
"A" Thd.
CRGM-03-5080
10
(.39)
7.1
(.28)
42.9
(1.69)
35.7
(1.41)
31.8
(1.25)
7(.28) Dia.
10(.39) Deep
104(4.09)
33.3
(1.31)
CRGM-03-50
15
(.59)
66.7(2.63)
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
32(1.26)
19.5
(.77)
21
(.83)
61
(2.40)
82
(3.23)
102
(4.02)
1.7(.07)
8.8(.35) Dia. Through
14(.55) Dia. Spotface
4 Places
70(2.76)
90(3.54)
10(.39)
50
(1.97)
167
1-1/2 BSP.F
(6.57)
1-1/2 NPT
"J" Thd.
M10
3/8-16 UNC
M10
3/8-16 UNC
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Pressure Drop
Hydraulic Fluid: Viscosity 30mm2/s (141 SSU), Specific Gravity 0.850
CRT-03
CRG-03
0.8
80
0.6
CRT-03-50
CRT-03-35
CRT-03-04
0.4
0.2
0
10
30
20
5
40
50
60
15
10
Flow Rate
CRG-03-50
0.6
0.4
40
0
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-03-35
CRG-03-04
0.2
0
0
10
20
CRT-06
30
40
50
60
15
5
10
Flow Rate
L/min
U.S.GPM
CRG-06
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRT-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRT-06-35
0.4
50
0.2
CRT-06-04
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
10
20
30
40
Flow Rate
50
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
80
PSI MPa
1.4
200
1.2
CRG-06-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
0.6
CRG-06-35
0.4
50
CRG-06-04
0.2
0
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 L/min
0
U.S.GPM
CRT-10
10
20
30
Flow Rate
40
50 U.S.GPM
CRG-10
PSI MPa
200
1.4
1.2
CRT-10-50
150
1.0
0.8
100
CRT-10-35
0.6
0.4
CRT-10-04
50
0.2
0
0
0 5 0 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
0
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
0.8
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
1.0
100
0.8
0.6
50
0.4
0.2
0
CRG-10-35
CRG-10-04
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
CRG-10-50
20
40
60
Flow Rate
80
40
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
1.0
140
120
100 U.S.GPM
List of Seals
CRT-03-50/5080/5090
CRT-06-50/5080/5090
CRT-10-50/5080/5090
List of Seals & Seal Kits
5
7
4
8
O-Ring
Seal Kit
3
2
CRT-03
CRT-06
CRT-10
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
Qty.
1
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
CRG-03-50/5090
CRG-06-50/5090
CRG-10-50/5090
Part Numbers
5
7
9
6
4
3
1
2
8
10
CRG-03
CRG-06
CRG-10
Qty.
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P24
SO-NB-P32
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
Seal Kit
When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table
above.
503
Specifications
Type of Connection
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
Model Numbers
Threaded Connection
Sub-plate Mounting
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
250 (66)
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50
40 (10.6)
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50
125 (33)
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50
250 (66)
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
25 (3630)
Approx. Mass
kg (lbs.)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.0 (6.6)
0.04
0.2
0.35
0.5
(6)
(29)
(50)
(70)
3.3 (7.3)
5.5 (12.1)
9.6 (21.2)
5.4 (11.9)
8.5 (18.7)
Rated flow is the approximate flow rate, when there is a free flow pressure drop of maximum 0.3 MPa (44 PSI), the fluid has a specific
gravity of 0.85 and a kinematic viscosity of 20 m m2 /s (98 SSU), and the cracking pressure is 0.04 MPa (6 PSI).
CP
03
-E
-04
-50
Special
Seals
Series
Number
Type of
Connection
Valve
Size
Drain
Connection
Cracking Pres.
MPa (PSI)
Design
Number
Design
Standards
F:
Special Seals
for Phosphate
Ester Type
Fluids
(Omit if not
required)
CP:
Pilot Operated
Check Valve
CPD:
Decompression
Type Pilot
Operated
Check Valve
T:
Threaded
Connection
03
None:
Internal
Drain
50
04: 0.04 (6)
50
50
G:
Sub-plate
Mounting
03
50
50
06
10
06
10
E:
External
Drain
Mounting Bolts
Socket head cap screws in the table below are included.
Valve
Model
Numbers
N.American
Design Standard
Qty.
CP G-03
M10
45 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
1-3/4 Lg.
CP G-06
M10
50 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2 Lg.
CP F-10- - -50
250 (66)
Max. Operating
Pressure
MPa (PSI)
25 (3630)
CP F-16- - -50
600 (159)
25 (3630)
CP G-10
504
50
M10
55 Lg.
3/8-16 UNC
2-1/4 Lg.
Model Numbers
Rated Flow
L /min (U.S.GPM)
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
Sub-plate
Valve
Model
Numbers
CP G-03
CP G-06
CP G-10
Thread
Size
Approx.
Mass
kg (lbs.)
3/8 BSP.F
HGM-03-2090
3/8 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
1/2 BSP.F
HGM-03X-2090
1/2 NPT
1.6 (3.5)
3/4 BSP.F
HGM-06-2090
3/4 NPT
2.4 (5.3)
Thread
Size
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
Thread
Size
HGM-03-20
Rc 3/8
HGM-03-2080
HGM-03X-20
Rc1/2
HGM-03X-2080
HGM-06-20
Rc 3/4
HGM-06-2080
HGM-06X-20
Rc 1
HGM-06X-2080
Sub-plate
Model Numbers
1 NPT
3.0 (6.6)
HGM-10-20
Rc 1-1/4
HGM-10-2080
1-1/4 BSP.F
1 BSP.F
HGM-06X-2090
HGM-10-2090
1-1/4 NPT
4.8 (10.6)
HGM-10X-20
Rc 1-1/2
HGM-10X-2080
1-1/2 BSP.F
HGM-10X-2090
1-1/2 NPT
5.7 (12.6)
Sub-plates are available, specify the sub-plate model number from the table above. When sub-plates are not used, the mountingsurface should
have a good machined finish.
Sub-plates are shared with those for H Type Pressure Control Valves. Refer to pages 244 to 246 for dimensions.
E
Operation of internal and external drain types
When the outlet side P1 is directly connected to the tank in reversed
free flow (Fig. a), the internal drain type is normally used. When
the back pressure is applied to the outlet side P1 (Fig. b), be sure
to use the external drain type.
P2
DR
P2
P1
P1
(Fig.a)
(Fig.b)
Instructions
WARNING
The machinery, if misused due to failure to observe
the "Cautions" on the left, may perform
unforeseeable movements, resulting in a disastrous
accident.
505
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
H
FREE
Drain Port
"P" Thd.
B
A
Model Numbers
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-03- - -5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5080
CPT/CPDT-06- - -5090
Dimensions
A
Pilot Port
"P" Thd.
mm (Inches)
F
Thread Size
J
"N" Thd.
38
80
40
39
150.5 84.5
60
29
67.5 26.5
(1.50)
(3.15) (1.57) (1.54) (5.93) (3.33)
(2.36) (1.14) (2.66) (1.04)
Dia.
Rc 1/4
3/8 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/8 NPT
1/4 NPT
62
96
48
47
171.5 92.5
72
35
75.5
31
(2.44)
(3.78) (1.89) (1.85) (6.75) (3.64)
(2.83) (1.38) (2.97) (1.22)
SQ.
Rc 3/4
Rc 1/4
3/4 BSP.F
1/4 BSP.F
3/4 NPT
1/4 NPT
Rc 1-1/4
Rc 1/4
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50
80
140
70
64
203.5 113
82
40
96
43
(3.15)
1-1/4 BSP.F
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5080
(5.51) (2.76) (2.52) (8.01) (4.45)
(3.23) (1.57) (3.78) (1.69)
SQ.
1-1/4 NPT
CPT/CPDT-10- - -5090
506
"P" Thd.
Rc 3/8
1/4 BSP.F
1/4NPT
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
A
B
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
FREE
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
Pilot Port
Drain Port
Dimensions
Model Numbers
mm (Inches)
Mounting Surface
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
90
(3.54)
66.7
(2.63)
11.7
(.46)
150.5
(5.93)
42.9
(1.69)
66
(2.60)
62
(2.44)
30
(1.18)
ISO 5781-AG-06-2-A
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
102
(4.02)
79.4
(3.13)
11.3
(.44)
171.5
(6.75)
60.3
(2.37)
67.5
(2.66)
74
(2.91)
35
(1.38)
ISO 5781-AH-08-2-A
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
DIMENSIONS IN
MILLIMETRES (INCHES)
11.1
(.44)
119
(4.69)
96.8
(3.81)
89
(3.50)
6
(.24)
6
(.24)
40
(1.57)
FREE
Locating Pin
6(.24) Dia.
Mounting Surface
(O-Rings Furnished)
70
(2.76)
203.5
(8.01)
84.1
(3.31)
42.1
(1.66)
Drain Port
Pilot Port
507
Pressure Drop
CPG-03, CPDG-03
PSI
PSI MPa
175
1.2
150
CP T-03- -50
CP T-03- -35
CP T-03- -20
0.8
100
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
CPT-03, CPDT-03
CP T-03- -04
0.4
50
Reversed
Controlled Flow
10
20
30
40
60
50
10
140
MPa
1.0
120
0.8
100
80
CP G-03- -20
60
0.4
20
0
U.S.GPM
PSI
200
CP T-06- -20
0.8
50
0.4
CP T-06- -04
25
50
100
75
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
150
Reversed
Controlled Flow
175 200 L/min
40
50
CP T-10- -20
CP T-10- -04
0.9
100
0.6
50
0.3
0
50
100
200
150
250
300
40
60
Flow Rate
20
15
L/min
U.S.GPM
CP G-06- -50
150
CP G-06- -20
0.8
100
50
0.4
CP G-06- -04
25
50
75
100
Reversed
Controlled Flow
150 175 200 L/min
125
20
30
Flow Rate
10
PSI MPa
300
2.0
CP T-10- -35
1.2
150
10
60
40
50 U.S.GPM
CPG-10, CPDG-10
CP T-10- -50
1.5
200
50
CP G-06- -35
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
250
MPa
1.8
MPa
1.4
U.S.GPM
CPT-10, CPDT-10
PSI
40
1.2
CP T-06- -35
150
100
30
CPG-06, CPDG-06
CP T-06- -50
1.2
20
Flow Rate
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
225
200
10
CPT-06, CPDT-06
MPa
1.6
Reversed
Controlled Flow
Flow Rate
PSI
CP G-03- -04
40
L/min
15
CP G-03- -50
CP G-03- -35
Reversed
Controlled Flow
350 400 L/min
80
100
250
CP G-10- -35
200
1.2
CP G-10- -20
150
100
50
0
CP G-10- -04
CP G-10- -50
1.6
0.8
0.4
Reversed
Controlled Flow
0
0
U.S.GPM
50
100
150 200
20
40
60
Flow Rate
400 L/min
100 U.S.GPM
MPa
12
1700
1600
10
1400
P2
1200
P2
P1
P1
PP
PP
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
1000
6
800
P2
600
P1
Cracking Pressure
0.5 MPa (70 PSI)
0.04 MPa (6 PSI)
400
2
PP
200
10
500
1000
15
20
2000
1500
2500
3000
25
MPa
3500
PSI
Pressure Drop for Reversed Controlled Flow Only when Decompression Valve is Opened
CPDT-06, CPDG-06
2000
15
10
1000
0
5
0
0
0
508
5
1
10
15
2
3
Flow Rate
20
5
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
2000
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
15
2000
10
1000
25 L/min
6
CPDT-10, CPDG-10
Pressure Drop P
PSI MPa
3500 25
3000 20
Pressure Drop P
Pressure Drop P
CPDT-03, CPDG-03
U.S.GPM
1000
5
0
0
0
10
2
20
4
30
40
8
10
Flow Rate
50
12
14
60 L/min
15
10
16 U.S.GPM
5
0
0
0
50
10
100
20
30
Flow Rate
150
200 L/min
40
50 U.S.GPM
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLS
List of Seals
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
5
12
1
19
10
20
16
21
18
7
17
11
13
15
CPDT-03/06/10
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
13
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPT/CPDT-03
CPT/CPDT-06
CPT/CPDT-10
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
Note: When ordering the seals, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
5
4
1
14
19
3
20
12
22
23
10
24
21
CPDG-03/06/10
13
6
8
15
9
16 18 11
List of Seals
Item
Name of Parts
11
12
Part Numbers
Qty.
CPG/CPDG-03
CPG/CPDG-06
O-Ring
SO-NB-P7
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
O-Ring
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
SO-NB-P9
13
O-Ring
SO-NB-P18
SO-NB-P28
SO-NB-P32
14
O-Ring
SO-NB-P21
SO-NB-P29
SO-NB-P36
15
O-Ring
SO-NB-G25
SO-NB-P32
SO-NB-P42
CPG/CPDG-10
Note: When ordering the O-Rings, please specify the seal kit number from the table below.
CPT/CPDT-03- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-03-50
CPT/CPDT-06- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-06-50
CPT/CPDT-10- - -50/5080/5090
KS-CPT-10-50
CPG/CPDG-03- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-03-50
CPG/CPDG-06- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-06-50
CPG/CPDG-10- - -50/5090
KS-CPG-10-50
509
510